Broadcast Console
Broadcast
Console
99-1000-1 (12-input mainframe)
99-1000-2 (20-input mainframe)
Operations
&
Technical
Manual
HARRIS 75-40
Revision B • 7/00
Broadcast Communications Division
4393 Digital Way - Mason, OH 45040 USA -Tel: 513.459.3400 FAX: 513.459,2890 - E-Mail: [email protected],com -Internet: http://www,broadcast.harris,com
A.i=t'YA.~=-TM----
ii>iGiL:A.
Broadcast
Console
99·1000·1 (12·input mainframe)
99·1 000·2:(~9~.inputmainframe)
Operations
&
Technical
Manual
PR&E 75-40
Revision B • 7/00
Broadcast Communications Division
Digital
nsole
Safety Instructions ............................................. iii
Output Module ......................................................... 5
Hazard/Warning Label Identification ........ iv
Manual Revisions .................................................. v
Monitor Module ....................................................... 6
Remote line Selectors .......................................... 7
Chapter 1: GENERAL INFORMATION
Clock/Timer Assembly ........................................... 8
Product Overview .................................................. 1
Bargraph Meters ...................................................... 8
Power Supply ............................................................ 9
Timer Control Module ........................................... 7
Specifications ........................................................... 3
Warranty ..................................................................... 5
Chapter 5: MAINTENANCE" ALIGNMENT
Parts and Repair Services .................................... 1
Spare & Replacement Parts Info ....................... 2
Chapter 2: INSTALLATION
Mainframe Configuration .................................... 2
Connector Access .................................................... 3
Module Servicing .................................................... 3
Power Supply ............................................................ 3
Fader Servicing ........................................................ 4
Grounding & Shielding ......................................... 3
Installing the Backup Batteries ......................... 4
Microphone Preamplifier Module .................... 5
Setting the Clock ..................................................... 4
Analog line Input Module ................................... 5
Telco Input/Output Module ................................ 5
Cabling & Wiring ...................................................... 5
Output Module ......................................................... 6
Wire Preparation ..................................................... 5
Crimp Tool Operation ............................................ 6
Monitor Module ....................................................... 6
Audio Connections ................................................. 6
ClocklTimer Assembly ........................................... 6
Timer Control Module ........................................... 7
Unbalanced Connections ..................................... 8
Cue Speaker Replacement. .................................. 7
Logic Connections .................................................. 9
Additional Logic Connections ........................ 11
Power Supply ............................................................ 7
Logic Quick Reference Guide ................... 13 - 16
Module Connections .................................. 17 - 23
Chapter 6: DRAWINGS" SCHEMATICS
Table of Contents .................................................... 1
Chapter 3: OPERATION
Microphone Preamplifier Module .................... 1
Module Block Diagrams ........................................ 3
Module Schematics .......................................... 4-27
Console Wiring ......................................................... 2
Analog or Digital Input Module ........................ 2
SIM Cards & Plug-in Assemblies ............... 28-32
Telco Input/Output Module ................................ 3
Clock/Timer ...................................................... 33-34
Remote line Selector Modules ......................... 5
Output Module ......................................................... 6
Bargraph Meter ............................................... 35-36
Motherboard Signals .................................... 37-42
Power Supply ................................................... 43-44
Monitor Module ....................................................... 7
Timer Control Module ........................................... 8
Meter Panel ................................................................ 9
Chapter 7: ACCESSORIES
Chapter 4: EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION
Button Engraving" Fader Knobs ........................ 1
Console Remote Control Panels ........................... 2
Mainframe .................................................................. 1
Logic Control Cables .............................................. 2
Microphone Preamp Module ....... :...................... 1
Input Module ............................................................ 2
Telco Input/Output Module ................................ 3
Index
............................................................... vi - vii
Motherboard ............................................................. 4
DSP Boards ................................................................. 4
ii
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
ctions
1.
Read All Instructions. All safety and operating
instructions must be read before operating the
product.
and unused for long periods of time. unplug it from
the AC wall outlet. This will prevent damage to the
product due to lightning and power line surges.
2.
Retain All Instructions. All safety and operating
instructions must be retained for future reference.
13. Overloading. Do not overload AC wall outlets.
3.
HeedAIiWarnings. Allwamingsontheproductand
those listed in the operating instructions must be
adhered to.
4.
Follow All Instructions. All operating and product
usage instructions must be followed.
5.
Heat. This product must be situated away from any
heat sources such as radiators. heat registers. stoves.
or other products (including power amplifiers) that
produce heat.
6.
Ventilation. Slots and openings in the product are
provided forventilation.They ensure reliable operation
of the product, keeping it from overheating. These
openings must not be blocked nor covered during
operation. This product should not be placed into a
rack unless proper ventilation is provided through
following the manufacturer's recommended
installation procedures.
7.
extension cords. or integral convenience outlets as tllis
can result in a fire or electric shock hazard.
14. Object and Liquid Entry. Never push objects of any
kind into this product through openings as they may
touch dangerous voltage points or short-out parts
that could result in a fire or electric shock. Never spill
liquid of any kind on the product.
15. Accessories. Do not place this product on an
unstable cart. stand. tripod. bracket, or table. The
product may fall. causing serious damage to a child
or adult, and serious damage to the product. Any
mounting of the product needs to follOW
manufacturers installation instructions.
16. A Product and Ca rt Combination should be moved
with care. Quick stops. excessive force. and uneven
surfaces may cause the product and the cart
combination to overturn.
17. Servicing. Refer all servicing to qualified servicing
personnel.
Water and Moisture. Do not use this product near
water-for example; near a bath tub. wash bowl.
kitchen sink or laundrytub;in a wet basement or near
a swimming pool or the like.
8.
Attachments. Do not use any attachments not
recommended by the product manufacturer as they
may cause hazards.
9.
Power Sources. This product must be operated from
the type of power source indicated on the marking
label and in the installation instructions. If you are not
sure of the type of power supplied to your facility.
consult your local power company.
18. Damage Requiring Service. Unplug this product
from the wall AC outlet and refer servicing to qualified
service personnel under the following conditions:
a When the AC cord or plug is damaged.
b If liquid has been spilled or objects have fallen into
the product.
c If the product has been exposed to rain or water.
d If the product does not operate normally
(following operating instructions).
e If the product has been dropped or damaged in
anyway.
f When the product exhibits a distinct change in
performance. This indicates a need for service.
10. Grounding and Polarization. This product is
19. Replacement Parts. When replacement parts are
equipped with a polarized AC plug with integral safety
ground pin. Do not defeat the safety ground in any
manner.
required. be sure the service technician has used
replacement parts specified by the manufacturer or
that have the same characteristics as the original parts.
Unauthorized substitutions may result in fire,electric
shock, or other hazards.
11. Power Cord Protection. Power supply cords must
be routed so that they are not likely to be walked on
nor pinched by items placed upon or against them.
Pay particular attention to the cords at AC wall plugs
and convenience receptacles. and at the point where
the cord plugs into the product.
20. Safety Check. Upon completion of any repairs to this
product, ask the service technician to perform safety
checks to determine that the product is in proper
operating condition.
12. Lightning. For added protection for this product
21. Cleaning. Do not use liquid cleaners or aerosol
during a lightning storm. or when it is left unattended
cleaners. Use only a damp cloth for cleaning.
iii
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
•
rnlng
.~~-r"""~ cati 0n
CAUTION
RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
DO NOT OPEN
WARNING: SHOCK HAZARD - DO NOT OPEN
AVIS: RISQUE DE CHOC ElECTRIQUE - NE PAS OUVRIR
CAUTION: TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT
REMOVE ANY COVER OR PANEl. NO USER SERVICEABLE PARTS
INSIDE. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEl.
WARNING: TO REDUCE THE RISK OF FIRE OR
ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT EXPOSE THE POWER
SUPPLY OR CONSOLE TO RAIN OR MOISTURE.
The Exclamation Point symbol, within an equilateral triangle, alerts the user to the presence of important
operating and maintenance (servicing) instructions in product literature and instruction manuals.
The Lightning Flash With Arrowhead symbol, within an equilateral triangle,alerts the user to the presence of
uninsulated dangerous voltage within the product's enclosure that may be of sufficient magnitude to constitute
a risk of electric sllOck.
WARNING-This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy. If not installed and used in
accordance with the instructions in this manual it may cause interference to radio communications, It has been tested
and found to comply with the limits for a Class A computing device (pursuant to Subpart J of Part 15 FCC Rules), which
are designed to provide reasonable protection against such interference wilen operated in a commercial environment,
Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause interference, in which case the user, at his own expense,
will be required to take whatever measures may be required to correct the interference.
iv
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B . 7/00
•
SIons
Thls
page provides a quick "ference of
the current document pages and their revision level.
When a revision to this document is received from
Harris. replace the old manual pages with the new
ones. Discard the old pages and post the new Manual
Revisions page in place of this page.
Revision Affected pages Comments
A
Allpages
3199 First Release
B
Allpages
Operation 3-4
10/99 Corp. Name Change
7/00 Telco Upgrade
v
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
>
Ai=iNIDL-=---
~iGi~
The modules are installed into their standard
positions in the mainframe along with the Input
Tanks for joining the growing ranks of
modules ordered. Additional Mic Preamps, Analog or Digital Remote Line Selectors, and up to
broadcasters employing Harris Corporation prod-
two Telco modules, or various accessory panels,
may also be installed per the order. If required,
ucts designed by Pacific Research & Engineering.
blank panels are available to cover unused module positions.
Harris Corporation supplies audio products and
AirWave Digital's motherboard and module area
is completely contained within a welded steel chas-
systems to the world's leading broadcast facilities.
sis for strength and RFI immunity. The meter panel
is hinged at the rear, locking down over the upper
Our mission is to provide the finest quality prod-
part of each module, covering the audio and logic
connectors and the Logic Settings switches. Be-
ucts, systems, documentation and after-sale sup-
neath the meter panel, the chassis bottom is open
for easy cable access.
port. We invite comments and suggestions for im-
Module DeSCriptions
provements to this documentation and to all of
Microphone Preamplflier
Contains five preamplifiers with individual gain
our services.
controls under a security cover. Phantom power
AirWave Digital is a very sophisticated console
(+45VDC) is selectable for each input. The pream-
with an extensive range of features contained in a
plifier outputs are +4 dBu balanced for connec-
compact design. To obtain maximum benefit from
tion directly to an Input module or to outboard
the console's capabilities, read the Installation, op-
mic processing equipment. One module is supplied
eration andEqufpmentDescription chapters prior to
standard, but additional Mic Preamplifier mod-
product installation.
ules can be installed into any RLS or input position.
PRODUCT OVERVIEW
Each Airwave Digital mainframe ships standard
Input
with one each of these modules:
Each Input module can be configured as an
• Microphone Preamp
analog module (with two balanced, stereo inputs),
• Monitor
or as a digital module (with two AES-3 inputs)
• Output
through a plug-in SIM (Single In-Line Module).
• Tuner Control
Each Input module features two input selection
(A or B), channel on/off control, fader level con1
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
>
..a.i=l\"f.a\L---.---i»iGiL'..a.L"
1
General Information
trol (with the selectable global fader start feature),
with built-in adjustable electret talkback mic. Both
Cue and Off-Line control and output selection to
C/R and studio warning outputs are provided.
three program buses. Faceplate channel trim con-
Output
trols allow the analog version to accept input lev-
Contains the various analog stereo line output
els from -10 dBu to +4 dBu.
The module's inputs are electronically switched
amplifiers and the AES-3 digital outputs for the
through a faceplate A/B Input selector. Logic wir-
Program-1 (Pgm-1), Program-2 (Pgm-2) and Pro-
ing to/from external peripherals connects to a 24-
gram-3 (Pgm-3) buses. A monaural analog out-
pin logic connector on the faceplate. Logic and
put of the Pgm-l, Pgm-2 or Pgm-3 bus (operator-
module function options for the A or the B input
selected) is also provided. Each balanced analog
are set through a ten-position faceplate DIP switch.
output uses a nominal level of +4 dBu. Each digi-
A second, optional interface connector is available
tal output is AES-3 compatible.
This module also has faceplate buttons for the
for separate logic control for the A and B inputs.
right-hand signal level meter selection, Program-
Telco Input/Output
2 or Program-3, with momentary Cue bus level
Up to two optional Telco modules can be in-
metering. The module also has two DIP switches
stalled into the mainframe next to the monitor
for selecting if Fader Start is enabled and the me-
module. These provide the audio and logiC con-
tering scale (VU or PPM).
nections for up to two telephone hybrids and two-
Timer Control
channel recorders. A faceplate trim control allows
Provides manual or automatic control over the
the module to work with hybrid outputs from -10
digital timer located in the meter panel. This
dBu up to +4 dBu.
Each Telco module's output (Feed to Caller) can
module also routes power to the clock/timer
be set manually to anyone or a combination of
assembly and provides an external reset for a
the three program buses and the Off-Line mix
studio mounted timer. It also prOVides for a AA
bus. The Autofeed function automatically
battery backup voltage to hold the console's logic
switches the Feed to Caller between the Off-Line
settings in case of momentary power outage.
mix and the assigned bus with the highest prior-
Remote Line Selector (RLS)
ity when the Telco module is turned off and on
(for more information, see the Telco Operation
Two line selectors are available: an analog RLS
and a digital RLS. Each is a 7x2 input selector.
section) .
The analog version uses balanced, line-level mono
Monitor
or stereo signals. The digital version uses AES-3-
A double-width module with the monitoring and
compatible digital Signals. Two banks of seven
communication controls for a control room (C/R)
switches provide manual, exclusive source
and separate studio or voice booth. Volume
selection, among the seven common external input
controls for C/R and studio speaker volume, C/R
signals for the two outputs.
headphone and Cue are included with independent
Power Supply
source selection for each room (three external
inputs, Pgm-1, Pgm-2, Pgm-3 and Telco). The
The separately packaged rack mount power
module includes a C/R to studio talkback system
supply is fully regulated and protected by inter2
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
>
Ai=l\"61l\l:--::.----
"iGiLA~
1 General Information
nal fuses and electronic safeguards against exces-
Input Level Range: Adjustable. -70 to -30 dBu
sive current.
Input Headroom: >20 dB above nominal input
Output Source Impedance: 220 ohms balanced
The power supply has five regulated output voltages. Two outputs (± 16 volts) power the analog
Nominal Output Level: +4 dBu. balanced
audio circuitry. A third (+5 volts) powers the DSP
OutputLoad Impedance: 2.5 k ohms minimum
and logic control circuitry. The remaining outputs
power the clock/timer assembly (+12 volts) and
Analog line Inputs
supplies phantom powering (+45 volts) for con-
Source Impedance: 600 ohms or less
denser microphones connected to the Microphone
Input Impedance: >40 k ohms. balanced
Preamplifier module.
Input Level Range: Adjustable. -10 to +4 dBu
Input Headroom: 20 dB above nominal input
SPECIFICATIONS
AirWave Digital's specifications are significantly
Analog Main Outputs
more complete. and the related test conditions
Output Source Impedance: 80 ohms balanced
more defined. than those usually shown for con-
Output Load Impedance: 600 ohms minimum
soles in this class. Be sure to follow the test condi-
Nominal Output Levels:
Program/Monaural Outputs: adj. +4 dBu
tions and measure in the units as stated.
Telephone Mix-Minus: set at +4 dBu
The specifications are for a fully-loaded AirWave
Telephone Recorder Mix Feed: +4 dBu
Digital-20 mainframe.
Maximum Output Lez;els:
Test Conditions:
Program and Monaural: +24 dEu
Telco Mix-Minus: +24 dBu
Specifications are for the basic signal paths. per
Telco Recorder Mix Feed: +24 dBu
channel. with 600 ohm loads connected to the
analog program outputs.
o dBu corresponds to an amplitude of 0.775
Digital Inputs & Outputs
volts RMS regardless of the circuit impedance. This
Reference Level: +4 dBu (-20 dB FSD)
is equivalent to 0 dBm measured into a 600 ohm
Digital If0: Thru digital Input or RLS modules
and the digital program outputs.
circuit for convenient level measurement with
Signal Format: AES-3. S/PDIF (input only)
meters calibrated for 600 ohm circuits.
AES-3Input Compliance: 24-bit
Noise specifications are based upon a 22 kHz
measurement bandwidth. The use of a meter with
AES-3 Output Compliance: 24-bit
30 kHz bandwidth will result in a noise measure-
Digital Reference Frequency: Internal crystal
ment increase of approximately 1.7 dB.
Internal Sample Rate: 48 kHz
Processing Resolution: 24-bit fixed with
Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) is measured
at a +23.5 dBu output level using a swept signal
extended preciSion accumulators
Conversions: AID 18-bit Delta-Sigma. 128x
with a 22 kHz low pass nIter.
Sample rate conversion on all digital inputs;
FSD = Full Scale Digital. +24 dBu
DIA 24-bit. using I-bit conversion
Latency: < 1 ms. Mic in to Monitor out; <300 lls
Microphone Preamplifiers
digital input to digital output
Source Impedance: 150 ohms
Input Impedance: 5 k ohms minimum. balanced
3
HARR1S
CORPORAT10N
Revision B • 7/00
=---
.a.FI~~' _ • .i:»iGiiiL.a.L
1
General Information
Digital Input to Analog Output: <0.005% at
Monitor Outputs
1 kHz, +18 dBu input, + 18 dBu output, 600
Output Source Impedance: 400 ohms, balanced
Output Load Impedance: 2.5 k ohms or greater
ohm load, 22 kHz filter bandwidth.
Output Level: +4 dBu nominal, +24 dBu max.
<0.05%,20 Hz to 20 kHz, +18 dBu input,
Console Headphone Output: 0 dBu, >8 ohm load
+ 18 dBu output, 600 ohm load, 22 kHz filter.
External Headphone Amplifier Output:
Source Impedance: 400 ohms
Crosstalk Isolation
Load Impedance: 2.5 k ohms or greater
Program-to-Program: >90 dB, 20 Hz - 20 kHz
Output Level: +4 dBu nominal, +22 dBu max.
A Input to B Input: >83 dB, 20 Hz - 20 kHz
B Input to A Input: >86 dB, 20 Hz - 20 kHz
Frequency Response
Microphone or Line Input to Program Output:
Stereo Separation
Analog Program Outputs: >87 dB
+0 dB/-0.5 dB, 20 Hz to 20 kHz
Telco Input to Program Output:
@
1 kHz,
>78 dB, 20 Hz to 20 kHz
+0 dB/-2.0 dB, 20 Hz to 20 kHz
Console Power Requirements
FullyconftguredAirWaveDigital-12: 120 watts at
Dynamic Range
115 VAC, ±8%, 50/60 Hz
Analog Input to Analog Output:
Fully conjiguredAirWalJfJ Digital-20: 170 watts at
89 dB ref. to FSD, 91 dB "A" weighted to FSD
115 VAC, ±8%, 50/60 Hz
Digital Input to Analog Output:
PowerSupplyMainfuserating: 1.25 amp at 230
92 dB ref. to FSD, 95 dB "p.:' weighted to FSD
VAC (lEC), 2.25 amps at 115VAC (UL)
Equivalent Input Noise
Microphone Preamp: -127 dBu, 150 ohm source
Power Supply Voltages
Phantom power: +45 VDC at 0.100 Amp
Audiopower: ±16VDC at 1.00 Amp (each leg)
Total Harmonic Distortion + Noise
Digital &Logicpawer: +5 VDC at 6.5 Amps
Mic Pre Input to Mic Pre Output: <0.005%, 20 Hz
and +12VDC at 4.0 Amps
to 20 kHz, -38 dBu input, + 18 dBu output, 100 k
ohm load, 22 kHz filter bandwidth.
Analog Input to Analog Output: <0.02% at 1kHz.
Power Supply Ground
+ 18 dBu input, + 18 dBu output, 600 ohm load,
Chassis grounded through AC cord.
22 kHz filter bandwidth.
DC voltages floating from chassis.
<0.05%,20 Hz to 20 kHz, +18 dBu input, +18
dBu output, 600 ohm load, 22 kHz filter
Power Supply Connection
AC input: IEC power cord
DC output: Keyed multi-pin connector
bandwidth.
Digital Input to Digital Output: <0.0016%, 20 Hz
to 20 kHz, + 18 dBu input, + 18 dBu output,
Harris CorporatiOn reserves the right to change
20 kHz filter bandwidth
speCifications without notice or obligation.
4
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
1
WARRANTY
E) This Warranty is void for equipment which
The AirWave Digital console carries a
manufacturer's warranty which is subject to the
following guidelines and limitations:
has been subject to abuse, improper
installation, improper operation, improper
or omitted maintenance, alteration, accident,
A) Except as expressly excluded herein, Harris
Corporation ("Seller") warrants equipment
negligence (in use, storage, transportation
or handling), operation not in accordance
with Seller's operation and service
instructions, or operation outside of the
of its own manufacture against faulty
workmanship or the use of defective
materials for a period of one (1) year from
environmental conditions specified by Seller.
date of shipment to Buyer. The liability of
F) This Warranty is the only warranty made
the Seller under this Warranty is limited to
replacing, repairing or issuing credit (at the
Seller's discretion) for any equipment,
by Seller, and is in lieu of all other
warranties, including merchantability and
fitness for a particular purpose, whether
provided that Seller is promptly notified in
writing within five (5) days upon discovery
of such defects by Buyer, and Seller's
expressed or implied, except as to title and
to the expressed specifications contained in
this manual. Seller's sole liability for any
equipment failure or any breach of this
examination of such equipment shall
disclose to its satisfaction that such defects
Warranty is as set forth in subparagraph A)
above; Seller shall not be liable or
responsible for any business loss or
existed at the time shipment was originally
made by Seller, and Buyer returns the
defective equipment to Seller's place of
business in Mason, Ohio, packaging and
interruption, or other consequential
damages of any nature whatsoever, resulting
transportation prepaid, with return
from any equipment failure or breach of this
warranty.
packaging and transport guaranteed.
B) Equipment furnished by Seller, but
manufactured by another, shall be warranted
only to the extent provided by the other
manufacturer.
C) Thermal filament devices (such as lamps and
fuses) are expressly excluded from this
warranty.
D) The warranty period on equipment or parts
repaired or replaced under warranty shall
expire upon the expiration date of the
original warranty.
5
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
>
General Information
>
Ai=l\vat;=-:----
i>iGiLA~
The AirWave Digital console shipment consists of:
• The 12- or 20-input mainframe with the standard
T e AlcWave Digital mainframe can sit
modules installed: Monitor, Timer Control, Output
and Microphone Preamp.
on top of, or be recessed into, the studio furni• Also installed are the Input, RLS and Telco modules, accessory panels and blank panels that were
ture countertop. A minimum of two inches of
ordered with the mainframe.
rear clearance and 13Y2 (343.0 mm) inches of
• The rack-mount power supply.
• The AirWave Tool kit (AA batteries, AMP MOD
vertical clearance above the counter top is
IV Crimp and contact removal tools, hex driver,
pot knob removal tool and clock set magnet tool).
required to fully open the meter panel to its
• Audio and Logic connector kits for the mainframe
service position.
and for each module ordered. The kits contain all
the AMP MOD IV connector housings and receptacle contacts needed for installation.
r
B-------
~'-'-"-..L~~~~LLC~---'--LL-"--'-...L~-~L~Er" [76.20J
25"
[635.0J
21*"
_1_ 1I• • •T..:A.B.LE.7i.OP.IN..S.TA.L.LA.T.IO.N.V:.IE.W. . . . .I5J
-I
Dimension Table
A
B
c
AirWave-12
32" [812.8]
33" [838.2]
2801" [723.9]
Airlfhlt'-20
44" [1117.6]
45" [1143]
4001" {l028. 7J
Mainframe
CONSOLE SIDE VIEW, with dimensions
22!4"
[565.2J
J_ILLL...LL.LLL~~
Millimeter dimensions in brackets. All dimensional tolerances are +14"
[6.350]) -0" [0.0]. 1)picalfront setback is 12" [304.8]. Alloul2" [50.80]
----A
clearancebehindmainframeandI3W'[342.9]ciearanceaboliethemeter
panel.
1
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
2 Installation
Module Placement
To simplify console installation,logic cable wiring diagrams for specific peripheral equipment are
The 12 (or 20) Input module positions can have
available from Harris Corporation. Custom engrav-
any combination or order of Input modules, Mic
ing for the button caps and colored fader knobs
Preamps, Remote Line Selectors (RLS) or custom
are also available. See Chapter 7 ,Accessories, for de-
remote panels installed. The remaining console po-
tails.
sitions are fIXed. The Timer ControL Mic Preamp,
INSTALLATION NOTE: Do not locate the con-
Monitor, Output and the two optional Telco mod-
sole near intense electromagnetic hum fields, such
ules must be positioned as shown in the illustra-
as those produced by large power transformers
tion. However, the two Telco positions may alter-
and by audio amplifiers which use inexpensive
nately have Input modules Installed in them. The
power transformers operating in or near satura-
RLS position, between the Monitor and Output
tion. Strong electromagnetic fields may impair the
modules, can only be used for either an RLS or a
performance of AirWave Digital and neighboring
MicPreamp.
equipment. Audio cables must also be routed to
The Meter Panel
achieve maximum practical distance from all AC
power mains wiring.
Two Bargraph meters provide level monitoring
for Pgm-l and either Pgm-2 or Pgm-3 with mo-
MAINFRAME CONFIGURATION
mentary Cue bus selection. The meter scale (VU
AirWave Digital continues PR&E's design phi-
or PPM) is set via DIP switch on the Output mod-
losophy of positioning the input modules in the
ule. The cue/talkback speaker, a clock and event
physical center of the mainframe. This gives the
timer are also on the panel.
operator equal reach to peripheral equipment 10-
AirWave Digital-12 Module Configuration
I/~:oo:oo
00:00.0
•.
~.u~.~~,,_
§1
~
I
I
II: :-~.:::-:::::~~: -II
I
--,
I
II: :.~ .~::-:::: :~:: :II
f"rDgIam-213
(jj1
~
~
I
8l.-2I!"-..,
(jj1
n0
lQ~
t:: ::J
~a
f
:I
lD
~
.g
~
i
:I
:I
[
i
~
~
::Jg
(II
s'
0
is"
:I
0
CD
.....
"'Qo
~
is"
::J
~
is"
0
0
~
I\)
0'
1l
l
...
~.
~
~
0
is"
0'
1l
....
g'
~
~~
S' :I
:I
0
~
is"
~
0
r-
~
...0
0'
'tl
!:t;
~
~
~
'--------Input module pOSitions 1 - 12'--------'
Nole: 1beAirWave Digital-20 mainframe bas eight additional Input module positions,
2
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
t::
....
:I
~
>
2 Installation
CONNECTOR ACCESS
Refer to the AirWave Universal Power Supply Techni-
cal Manual (PR&E # 75-41) for complete power
The meter panel is set into its service position
to access the module connectors. To move the meter
supply installation details.
panel to its service position. simultaneously press
GROUNDING & SHIELDING
on the latch buttons. located on the ends of the
The broadcast facility's technical ground should
meter panel. while lifting and rotating the panel
rearward.
only connect to the mainframe chassis ground stud.
Note: When opened to its service position. ex-
The stud is located next to the DC power supply
ercise caution to ensure the panel does not acci-
cable entry point into the chassis. Terminate the
dentally fall closed.
facility's technical ground wire in a crimped lug.
To ease initial wiring. the meter panel can be
Connect the audio shields at both the console
completely removed from the mainframe chassis.
and the peripheral when all system components
Set the panel to its service position and unplug all
share a common ground potential and are using
meter panel cabling to the speaker. meters and
isolated ground AC outlets tied individually back
clock/timer. With another person holding the meter
to the main technical ground.
panel unlatch the two hinges. by moving the two
If isolated ground AC outlets are not available.
release pins into their detent positions. to free the
connect the cable shields at the console end only.
meter panel. To reinstall the meter panel. fIrst align
The shields should be floated (left unconnected)
the hinge parts together and then release the pins
at the peripheral device. Ensure the peripheral
out of their detents.
devices connect to a clean ground through their
power cords. or through separate ground wires to
POWER SUPPLY
the facility's technical ground.
The power supply is typically rack mounted in
the console cabinetry below and to the left or right
POWER SUPPLY GROUNDING NOTE: The
of the supporting countertop. The power supply
power supply chassis is connected to the safety or
must be installed so that the ten-foot DC power
"U" ground wire in the AC mains supply cable.
cable. that is fastened to the right end of the main-
Audio signals are not referenced to this ground in
frame motherboard. is not under tension.
any way by the console.
DC GROUNDING NOTE: The DC outputs of the
AUDIO GROUND NOISES: Buzz pickup is gen-
power supply are not referenced to the power sup-
erally electrostatic-such as capacitive coupling
ply chassis and. therefore. are floating from the
between an audio line and a power line. Do not
AC safety ground. Do Not Connect audio or logic
route audio lines in the same wireway as an AC
supply ground wiring to the chassis of the power
power line.
supply.
AC GROUNDING NOTE: Do not defeat the
safety ground in any way. Doing so may proVide a
potentially dangerous condition to the operator.
3
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
>
Ai=l\YaL-=---i>iGiL'AL"
2 Installation
INSTALLING BACKUP BATTERIES
plied to the console. Three magnetically-activated
Two AA batteries are supplied in the Installa-
HaII-effect sensors are used to adjust or hold the
tion Tool Kit. They supply a "Keep Alive" voltage
time. They are positioned below and between each
that holds each module's logic state during mo-
pair of 7-segment displays, just behind the dis-
mentary power outages. They mount in battery
play face. Clock set magnet tool (PR&E # 90-151)
clips on the Timer Control module circuit board.
is used to activate the Hall-effect sensors.
Observe the correct polarity (marked on the circuit board) when installing the batteries.
Setting the Clock
Note: Replace batteries yearly to ensure con-
tinuous backup protection. Remove one or both
i' '-II,
I
I
batteries to prolong battery life when the console
L+
will be unpowered for an extended period.
II
'-I
SETTING THE CLOCK
II
II
'-I
,-,
'-I I U
II
U
.
:
II
U
11_ -Clock
U
:
,-, -
IU
-Timer
PR&E #90-151
The digital time-of-day clock can be a master
or a slave. In master mode, the factory preset, clock
FAST
SLOW
SET
SET
HOLD
Note: The plastic clock/timer bezel may be scratched
timing is derived from a temperature-
if the tool is moved while in contact with the lens.
controlled quartz crystal oscillator. In slave mode,
clock timing is derived from a TC76/TC89-comTo set the time, place the end of the magnet tool
patible ESE master clock reference Signal.
directly against the plastic face over the appropriMaster clocks are available from:
ESE
142 Sierra St.
El Segundo, CA 90245.
Telephone: 310.322.2136
www.ese-web.com
ate sensor. Use Fast Set to quickly advance the time
and SloUJ Set to slowly advance the time. To synchronize the clock display to real time, set the clock
a few seconds ahead and use Hold to freeze the
display. To start the clock, move the tool away from
The operating mode is set by switch S 1, # 1 on
Hold.
the clock/timer circuit board. To access the clock/
When an ESE time code signal is connected to
timer board, open the meter panel to its service
BNC connector, J3, on the clock/timer circuit
position. The clock/timer board is mounted be-
board, and slave mode is selected (S 1, # 1, is set to
hind the clock/timer display on the meter panel.
the right), the clock does not need to be set. Should
With the clock set to master mode, it's neces-
the ESE time code signal fail, the clock automati-
sary to manually set the clock once power is ap-
cally defaults to its internal crystal reference oscillator, blinking an LED below the clock display
Clock/Timer Option Switches
to indicate the loss of time code.
Timer: .1 display On ~ .1 display Off
Clock: Master Mode ~ Slave Mode
Timer Display
The Event Timer displays time in minutes, sec-
IS
onds and tenths of seconds. The tenths of seconds
Switch S1, on the Clock/Timer printed circuit board,
as viewed with the meter panel in its service position.
Factory default settings shown.
display is normally turned off while the timer runs.
It can be turned on while running by moving clock/
4
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
>
.i~NiIW!:-=---
DiGL.~
2 Installation
timer circuit board switch SI. #2. to the left. The
Insulation Barrel
tenths of seconds are always displayed while the
9/64"
timer is in the Stop or Hold modes. regardless of
~
the setting of switch SI. #2.
~
Cabling & Wiring
Before beginning the installation. draw a facility wiring plan listing the console interconnections
with peripheral devices. Identify and create tags
AMP MOD IV Receptacle Contacts
for all audio and logic cabling. List each connection in a master facility wiring logbook to facili-
Follow these steps for audio wire preparation:
tate wiring installation. future system wiring
1. Strip the cable insulation jacket and foil
shield back lW' [38.10 mm).
changes. equipment updates and system troubleshooting. Refer to Module Connections. pages 17
2. Remove the foil shield and sleeve the drain
through 23 later in this chapter. for the audio and
wire with 20 AWe Teflon sleeving. leaving
logic connector pin-out definitions.
9/64" [3.572 mm] ofthe drain wire exposed.
Analog audio connections require two-conduc-
3. Cover the cut end of the jacket with 3/4'
tor stranded. insulated. foil-shield cable contain-
[19.05 mm] of heat-shrink tubing. centered
ing a separate shield drain wire (equivalent to
on the cut. Shrink this tubing to hold the
Belden 8451.9451 or 8761).
drain wire sleeving in place.
AES/EBU connections require 110 ohm two-
4. Strip the signal wire insulation back 9/64"
conductor stranded. insulated. foil-shield cable
[3.572mm].
containing a separate shield drain wire (equiva-
5. Crimp the receptacle contacts onto the wire
lent to Belden 1800A).
and insulation.
Logic control cables require stranded. 22 AWe.
AMP MOD IV
multiple conductor. non-shielded. jacketed cable
Receptacle Contacts
,,~-
(equivalent to Belden 9423. 8457 or 9421). The
number of conductors needed is determined by
.........-
3/4" [19.05 mm]
Shrink Tubing ~
the application. Typically five and eight wire cables
are most often used for constructing logic cables
(there are only 18 distinct signals on the Logic
Teflon Sleeving
over drain wire
Interface connector. of which only a handful may
actually be used for any given application).
Audio Wire Preparation
WIRE PREPARATION
All AirWave Digital audio and logic wiring ter-
Audio Cabl. Shield Note: To ensure your installa-
minates in AMP MOD IV receptacle contacts at
tion follows recommended grounding procedures.
the console. Stranded wire of 22 to 26 AWe. with
you must sleeve all drain wires with Teflon sleeving
insulation diameters of .040 to .060 inch. can be
and put heat shrink tubing over all cable jacket
used with the AMP MOD IV receptacle contacts.
cut ends to insulate the shield wire.
5
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
>
4i=n~=-:---­
ii:)iGiL4~
2 Installation
Logic control cables are fabricated in a similar
place while squeezing the tool handles to
manner to the audio wiring. Strip the jacket insu-
crimp the contact onto the wire. The tool
lation back 1W' [38.10 mm], sleeve the cut end
handles automatically release and spring open
with 3/4" [19.05 mm] of shrink tubing and strip
after the crimp cycle is complete.
the insulation from each wire 9/64" [3.572 mm).
A properly crimped contact receptacle is inserted
CRIMP TOOL OPERATION
and locked into the appropriate connector hous-
A ratcheting AMP MOD IV hand crimper is
ing following the pin-out diagrams found in the
included in the tool kit. The tool crimps both the
Module Connections section (pages 17 to 23). Note
insulation and wire barrels on the AMP MOD IV
that the receptacle contact must be inserted with
receptacle contacts in one crimp action.
its locking tab side facing the locking tab slots on
the side of the connector housing. A light "click"
will be felt as the contact's locking tab engages
the locking tab slot.
AMP MOD IV
Crimp Tool
Receptacle Contact Insertion & Removal
Contact Removal
TOOI-------1
Locking Tab Siots-
,
r'j
Locking Tab
Follow these instructions for using the ratcheting
crimp tool:
1. Hold the crimp tool with the printed side up.
Insert the contact from the opposite side, with
A Contact Removal Tool (PR&E 70-129) is used
the barrel openings up, until the insulation
to depress the locking tab if the contact and wire
barrel end is flush to the opening of the die.
need to be pulled out of the connector.
Close the tool only until the anvil holds the
AUDIO CONNECTIONS
contact in place. Refer to the cutaway view.
Audio connector pin aSSignments take visual
2. Insert the stripped wire into the contact until
advantage of the three-pins-per-row design of the
it hits the tool's wire stop. Hold the wire in
three-pin and six-pin AMP MOD IV connectors
for both analog and digital connections.
AMP MOD IV
Audio Connector Pin Numbering
Receptacle
Contact
Die _
~
2
11
6
2
5
114
3-pin
connector
6-pin
connector
Pin numbering shown from the wire (mIry end, orientedfrom
the board operator's perspective.
Enlargement Of Crimper
(cutaway view)
6
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
>
Ai=l....aL--;;..---
ii:»iGiLA~
2 Installation
When plugged into a module, the audio shields
should be connected to the mic processor with the
are the pins closest to the console operator, the
processor's line-level output directly connected to
audio low wires are the middle pins and the audio
an Input module.
high wires are the back pins. For stereo, the left
Digital Connections
channel wires connect to the left column of pins
and the right channel wires to the right-hand col-
Digital outputs use three-pin connectors wired
umn of pins (all from the operator's perspective).
like the Mic Inputs. These connections outputAES3 compatible signals (often referred to as AESI
EBU signals).
Microphone Inputs
Pin
1
2
3
Note:The outputs cannot be directly connected
to a S/PDIF input. A signal translation interface
Signal Description
Shield (connects directly to the chassis)
Low (- input)
High ( + input)
must be used to do this.
AES/EBU Digital Outputs
Two-Channel line Inputs and Outputs
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
Pin
1
2
3
Signal Description
Shieldfor left channel or signall
Low (- input), lift channel or signall
High (+ input), left channel or signal 1
Shieldfor right channel or signal 2
LOUl (- input), right channel or signal 2
High (+ input), right channel or signal 2
Signal Description
Shield (connects directly to the chassis)
Low (- input)
High ( + input)
Because Input and RLS modules are available
with either an analog or a digital input, the connectors on these modules use six-pin AMP MOD
IV connectors even when the module is configured
Analog Connections
There are no analog interstage patch points
for digital Signals. Connect the AES/EBU signal
within the AirWave Digital input or output mod-
to pins 1, 2 and 3 only. There is no connection on
ules. To use a patch bay, connect the line level out-
pins 4, 5 and 6.
puts from the peripheral devices directly to the
AES/EBU Digital Inputs
patch bay and then normal these to the appropri-
Pin
1
2
3
4
5
6
ate analog Input modules. Likewise, AirWave
Digital's analog outputs may also be routed
through a patch bay normalled to standard peripherals such as analog On-Air processing gear,
recorders, telephone hybrids, etc.
Signal Description
Shieldfor AESlEBU signal
Low (- input)
High ( + input)
no connection
no connection
no connection
The Microphone Preamplifier module's linelevel outputs (+4 dBu, nominal, balanced) can also
Routing digital audio signals through a patch
be routed through a patch bay normalled to an
Input module. If mic processing is required, the
bay is not recommended.
Preamplifier module's outputs may be routed
through line-level mic processing equipment and
then to an Input module. When mic-Ievel input
capable processors are used, the microphone
7
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
>
4i=lWilSL=-:---'"
~iGi~4~
2 Installation
UNBALANCED CONNECTIONS
Even though all analog inputs and outputs are
S/PDIF Signals
When a S/PDIF digital output is connected to
active and balanced, unbalanced consumer or
an AirWave digital input, a 249 ohm resistor is
"semipro' equipment can be connected. For best
used to properly load the 75 ohm S/PDIF cable.
results unbalanced devices should connect to the
Install the resistor onto the connector following
console through an IHF-PRO match box.
the diagram. Alternately. an unbalanced-to-bal-
If a match box is not available, connect unbal-
anced line transformer may be used to connect a
S/PDIF signal to an AES/EBU input.
anced signals per the following illustration. Keep
unbalanced cable lengths as short as possible.
Connecting an S/PDIF Device to
an AirWave AES/EBU Input
Connecting an Unbalanced Device
to an AirWave Analog Input
From the
Unbalanced
Device
From
S/PDIF
Device
Console
Balanced
Input
~gnal-.~7---~--~~ __~
Shield
:: y
249 ohm resistor
Shields
Note 1: AES/EBU output signals cannot connect directly to S/PDIF inputs, a signal conversion interface must be used.
When an unbalanced device must be connected
Note 2: Some S/PDIF outputs may not work
to an AirWave analog balanced output, and an
with the AirWave's digital inputs, even with the
IHF-PRO match box is not available, do not tie
additional load resistor. due to nonstandard sig-
the low (-) and shield pins together to "unbalance"
nallevels or protocols in the S/PDIF product.
the signal. The low pin must always be left "floating," as shown in the following illustration, when
unbalancing an AirWave output.
Connecting an Unbalanced Device
to an AirWave Analog Output
(Nominal Output is -2 dBu)
Console
Balanced
To Unbalanced
Device
<MCRRtj
Y ::
r~~
L
I
_
Shields
(Make no connections to pins 2 & 5)
8
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7100
~!~~e=>
2
Installation
LOGIC CONNECTIONS
THE LOGIC INTERFACE
Each Input module comes standard with one
A simplified schematic for the Input module
24-pin logic connector to control a device con-
interface is shown below. The dual logic plug-in is
nected to either the A or B input. The optional 99-
identical. Logic outputs (shown on the right) are
1003 Dual Logic Interface plug-in can be added
isolated from peripheral devices by five solid-state
to any Input module to prOVide a separate logic
devices functioning like single-pole mechanical re-
connection for each input.
lays. The "relay contacts" can switch external volt-
When a peripheral device is connected. one of
ages of up to 60 volts at 350 rnA.
the main functions of the logic interface is to start
Each press of the On button generates a 220
the peripheral at module on. The peripheral de-
ms pulse from the Start Pulse relay. Each press of
vice logic can. in turn. control the Input module;
the Off button generates a 220 ms pulse from the
turning the module audio off at the end of an event
Stop Pulse relay. These two relays are commoned
and then controlling the Offlamp illumination to
together at Command Common. The other three
indicate the peripheral device status.
relays. Logic Active Tally. On Tally and Off Tally.
When a Guest Panel is connected. its remote
are also "commoned" together at the Tally Com-
On. Off. Cough and Talkback buttons control the
monoutput.
module while the logic control outputs from the
The six logic inputs (on the left side ofthe illus-
module control the button tallies in the Guest
tration) are opto-isolated and current limited so
Panel.
any logic voltage from +5 to +40VDC can be used.
Simplified Schematic, Input Module logic Interface
n=/c_ _ _----.-1!ifuJ---
'{5[J3JSlart Pulse
LOCi
A:.:;.ud::...cio:..cR...c:ec::.se.:c:t-'.+2..)
.( --"iJ=3,""i2~2f---------
L.!
~QYJ+)
!J3!24f----
IReady (-)
!Audio Reset (-)
~ 1 iJ3iL09iC Ground
1Talkback (-)
~
Notes:
LM317 used as current limiting device
Opto-Isolator inputs can handle +5 to +40 VDC logic
Opto-Isolator outputs can handle up to 60 volts at 350 mA
Jumper E1 to E2 to continuously activate +5 Logic power.
H
2 .J3Lo91c Ground
~31J3j[OgiC Ground
r i 61J31+s
H10iJ31+S
H11jJ3j+S
,121J31+s
9
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
Logic
Logic
Logic
Logic
=
5iG~e>
2 Inst.allat.ion
.JIt..!!2!11113'&'-
The On, Off, Cough and Talkback inputs allow
device with isolated logic connections or to a Guest
remote mic panel switches to control the Input
Panel. Connecting these to a non-isolated periph-
module through active low logic signals (pull to
eral device can result in a ground loop between
ground). To enable these inputs jumper the Exter-
the console and the peripheral.
nal Control In (+) connection to +5 Logic.
Input Module Logic and Microphones
The Audio Reset and Ready inputs can use either active low logic (pull to ground) or active high
The two main functions of microphone logic are
logic (pull to +VDC) from peripheral devices. With
to automatically mute the monitor speakers in the
active high logic, Ready (-) and Audio Reset (-)
room with the "hot" mic and to command the ap-
are tied to logic ground on the peripheral device.
propriate hot mic warning light.
The warning commands come from the Moni-
Ready (+) and Audio Reset (+) then connect to
the appropriate logic outputs on the peripheral
tor module, but it is the frrst four Logic Settings
device.
switches on each Input module that tell the monitor module whether the A and/or B input is a con-
When active low logic is used by the peripheral
device, Ready (+) and Audio Reset (+) connect to
trol room or a studio microphone.
the logic supply voltage on the peripheral device,
Page 14 summarizes setting up an Input mod-
and Ready (-) and Audio Reset (-) connect to the
ule as a microphone input. To activate the Guest
appropriate logic outputs.
Panel logic functions, turn on Logic Settings switch
In normal operation the +5 Logic supply is
7 and set switch 8 for the appropriate A or B in-
turned off when the interface is not enabled for
put. To enable the remote control inputs (On, Off,
the input selected. Circuit board pads El and E2
Cough, Talkback) ,jumper External Control In (+)
can be jumpered to supply +5 Logic voltage at all
to +5 Logic on the logic connector.
times for special applications.
Guest Panel, Simplified Schematic
for 99-949-1 or-2
AirWave Digital Quick Logic Guides
1 +5V
Pages 13 through 16 offer quick gUides to configuring the console logic. Page 13 contains an AirWave Digital Logic Interface Glossary, Logic Settings switch definitions and a copy of the simplified logic schematic from the previous page. Pages
I 6 I On Switch
14, 15 and 16 show connection diagrams for a
7 OnLam
Guest Panel (remote mic panel), a CD player and
~ - - -- - - --!
:-:ilillili..:~
f----+o
a digital delivery system, respectively.
.
Oi:r-t--..
<-- ______ 1'
Note: To completely isolate the console from a
peripheral device, use only the control input and
output connections. These are decoupled from the
Momentary SPST switches are used to construct
console's ground and power supply through opto-
a remote mic control panel like that shown above.
isolator devices.
Connect one side of each control panel switch to
The Logic Ground and +5 Logic connections
the appropriate logiC connector pin. Common the
are referenced to the console's logic power supply
other side of each switch (Switch Common on the
and ground. Connect these only to a peripheral
control panel illustration) to Logic Ground.
10
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
>
4iRNISL;;-~-""
i»iGii:'4~
2 Installation
ADDITIONAL LOGIC CONNECTIONS
The Logic Active Tally output controls the lamps
for the Cough and Talkback switches. The On Tally
There are three additional AirWave Digital logic
and Off Tally outputs control the On and Off switch
connections on the Monitor module. Telco mod-
lamps. The other side of each lamp (+5 V) con-
ule and the Timer Control module.
nects to +5 Logic. Use 6.3 volt lamps. with less
An 8-pin connector on the Monitor module car-
than 50 rnA current draw. for all remote panels
ries the logic control outputs for the Control Room
supplied by the console.
and Studio warning light interfaces. The Monitor
module logic connection and block diagram are
Input Module Logic and Peripheral
on the next page.
Devices
The Telco module includes a 3-pin connector
Peripheral devices are controlled through the
for a Start and a Stop Pulse output for triggering
Start. Stop and Command Common logic outputs.
a hybrid or other remote device at module on and
In the connection example on page 15. active
off.
low logic is used. thus Command Common is con-
A 3-pin connector on the Timer Control mod-
nected to the logic ground on the peripheral de-
ule carries the remote timer reset logic. The Timer
vice Oabeled command common by Denon).
Control module logic connection and description
are in the Timer Module Remote Connection section
In the example on page 16. active high lOgic is
required. thus Command Common is connected
on page 23.
to +5 Logic. Note that this voltage is more typiMonitor Module Logic
cally supplied directly by the peripheral device to
prevent ground loops.
There is one 8-pin logic connector for the "hot
Peripheral devices control the module through
mic· logic command outputs for the Control Room
the Audio Reset and Ready logic inputs. On page
and Studio on-air warning lamp systems.
15. only the Ready function is shown being used.
Each logic command output is isolated using a
Ready performs an Audio Reset. to turn off the
solid-state relay with a pair of normally open "dry-
module without generating a Stop Pulse. in addi-
contacts.· These relay contacts can switch external
tion to then controlling the Off lamp illumination.
voltages of up to 60 volts at 350 rnA for direct
On page 16. Audio Reset (+) and Ready (+) con-
interface to most lamp control devices.
nect to +5 Logic on the module. The Ready (-)
If an external five volt lamp relay is used. one
command and the Audio Reset (-) command are
side of the interface relay can be jumpered to +5
pulled low by the active low logic relay outputs on
Volts (pins 2 and 6) or to Logic Ground (pins 1
the peripheral device. which all tie to the module's
and 5) to create an active high or active low out-
Logic Ground (pin 1).
put. respectively.
For peripheral devices that require a steady On
The simplified schematic on the next page shows
or Off Signal. the On and Off tallies can be used.
the logic outputs for the Control Room and Stu-
When the Off Tally is used in this manner. Logic
dio warning lamp interface externally jumpered
Settings switch #9 (Lamp Bypass) must be set to
to yield an active high output from the relay.
the left (On) so that the Off lamp is not controlled
When an active low logic output is needed on
by the Ready logic.
the Control Room. jumper pins 1 and 3 together
and use pin 4 as the Control Room warning output. Jumper pins 5 and 7 together and use pin 8
11
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
2 Installation
when the Studio warning output requires an active low logic output.
Note: Jumpering the solid-state relay to either
+5 Volts or Logic Ground defeats ground isolation between the console and the warning lamp
interface.
Warning Lamp Connector Pin Definitions
B-pin
connector
(wire insertion end
view)
PIN
SIGNAL
1
2
Logic Ground
+5 Logic
C/RRelay
ClRReiay
Logic Ground
+5 Logic
StudiO Relay
Studio Relay
3
4
5
6
7
8
FUNCTION
Console logic ground
+5 volt supply
Control Room Warning Lamp Interface "N/O relay contact"
Control Room Warning Lamp Interface"C relay contact"
Console logic ground
+5 volt supply
Studio Warning Lamp Interface "N/O relay contact"
Studio Warning Lamp Interface"C relay contact"
Simplified Schematic for the Warning Lamp Interface
,- - - - - - - - - - - - - -Monitor-Module - - - - - - - - - - - - -:
This example uses active high logic
V+12D
To Control Room
Warning Lamp
~
,
.~
0\
ClR Relay
g~c
"'--------0--- NO
J6 4
0
+5 Volt Relay
IN4001
--l
ro
c
....cQj
To Studio
Warning Lamp
+5 Lo ie
~
Studio Rei
,
Studio Relay
J6 8
IN4001
Opto-relays can handle
up to 60Val 350 rnA
+5 Volt Relay
:--------------------~------------~----~
Note: Do not use the solid-state relay "contacts" to directly switch theAC line lJoitage to a lamp.
12
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
g~c
"'--------0--- NO
>
.a.FI~=-::----
~iC5iL.a.~
Quick Reference Guide to AirWave Digital Logic
2 Installation
Quick Reference Guide
Input Module Connections
(§)
+ +
.J. .J.
+ +
.J. J.
."'....
·· "' .........
~
..
-
• 01_
..
ASIlllllfg .....
•
..
--
•
·
ii
.SIUClo ......
ARllNrIlilMt
.~
AmmSIlI
cw".,.
Logic Settings
AirWave Digital Logic Interface Glossary
REMOTE SIGNAL
(connector pin #)
Logic Settings Switch Definitions
I
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
SWitch Name
A CR Mute *
B CR Mute *
A Studio Mute *
B Studio Mute *
A Timer Reset +
B Timer Reset +
RCL Enable
AlB RCL Set #
Lamp Bypass
Cue Reset
ON Function (set to op8l'l1ton left)
OFF Funt:tion (set to right)
Input A mutes C/R speakers at module On
Input B mutes C/R speakers at module On
Input A mutes studio spkrs. at module On
Input B mutes studio spkrs. at module On
Input A resets timer at module On
Input B resets timer at module On
Remote control logic is active
Logic active on input A
Off lamp turns on at module Off
Cue cancelled at module On
No monitor muting
No monitor muting
No monitor muting
No monitor muting
No ti mer reset
No ti mer reset
Logic inactive
Logic active on input B
Off lamp follows ready logic
No cue reset at module On
Notes:
RCL Remote control logic
* Both inputs can mute either or both rooms.
+ Both inputs can reset the timer. Timer reset only occurs when Auto is active on the timer
control module.
# With the standard single logic connector, only one input (A or B) can be set for external
logic. With the "B"logic interface option, switch 8 is not used since both inputs have logic.
The left-hand connector carries the "A"logic, the right-hand connector carries the "B"logic.
Off-D
Line
cueD
o
o
15
""
""
00
<:>
'"
COMMAND COMMON
(pin 13)
I nlc
~
EXT. CONTROL IN (+)
(pin 18)
en
"" ..:
c;;
(Contact insertion
end view)
Audio Reset (+)
From an external On switch. Turns the module On from Off, generating a Start Pulse when pulled low. Input is
ignored if the module is already On.
OFF (-)
(pin 8)
From an external Off switch. Turns the module Off from On, generating a Stop Pulse, when pulled low. Input is
ignored if the module is already Off.
COUGH (-)
(pin 9)
J322
jReady (+)
Ready (-)
ON TALLY
(pin 17)
o
,Audio Reset (-)
il--Fl-:-..-. ;~=
...=I=t
Ext. Controlln (+) J318
.5
5
~
~'--I
151J31LogicActiveTaily
Connecting +5 to +40 VDC to this input enables the active low external control inputs (On, Off, Cough, Talkback).
If the control inputs are isolated from other devices (e.g., on a remote mic control panel), the +VDC can come
from +5 Logic Oumper pin 18 to pin 6 on the Logic Connector).
ON (-)
(pin 7)
OFF TALLY
(pin 16)
IJ3 ~3 f-
The Common (C) relay contact output for the Start and Stop Pulse relays. For an active high logic on the pulse
outputs, connect Command Common to the logic supply voltage on the peripheral device. For an active low
logic on the pulse outputs, connect this pin to logic ground on the peripheral device.
:::::;
~
Normally Open (N/O) relay conta(:t output. A momentary "contact closure" of 220 ms is generated each time the
module Off button is pressed. The Common (C) relay contact is the Command Common output. Typically
connects to the Remote Stop or Pause logic input on the peripheral device.
""
..... <0
;;;;
c.>
STOP PULSE
(pin 4)
c.>
~
....
Normally Open (N/O) relay contact output. A momentary "contact closure" of 220 ms is generated each time the
module On button is pressed. The Common (C) relay contact is the Command Common output. Typically
connects to the Remote Start logic input on the peripheral device.
""
CD
'"
START PULSE
(pin 5)
TALLYS
Simplified Remote Control Logic Interface
Pgm-2D
Pgm-3D
~
....
""
TALKBACK (-)
(pin 20)
Input
Pgm-1D
;;;
~
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION OF CONNECTION
From an external Cough switch. The module audio is muted from all assigned buses for as long as the Cough
switch is pressed. pulling this pin low.
From an external Talkback switch. The module audio is routed to the Talkback bus, and muted from all other
assigned buses, for as along as th,~ Talkback switch is pressed, pulling this pin low.
Tally outputs are N/O "dry contact" outputs. Typically used to drive indicator lamps. the outputs can sink or
source up to 60 volts at 350 rnA. The 'C" contact for all the tally relays is the Tally Common output.
While the module is Off, the Off Tally output is connected to the Tally Common output if the Lamp Bypass is set
to off (Logic Settings switch # 9). If Lamp Bypass is on, then the Off Tally illumination is controlled by the Ready
input logic while the module is Off.
While the module is On, the On Tully output is connected to Tally Common.
LOGIC ACTIVE TALLY
(pin 15)
Anytime the logic is enabled (Logic Settings switch # 7 is on and switch # 8 is true, or with the B Logic Interface
option installed and that input is active), the Logic Active Tally output is connected to Tally Common.
TALLY COMMON
(pin 14)
The 'C" relay contact for the Off Tally, On Tally and Logic Active Tally relays. Typically, the tally lamps are
commoned together to ground and Tally Common is connected to the lamp supply voltage (up to 60 volts). If
the tallys use +6.3 volt, 40 rnA lamps. and are isolated from peripheral devices as in a remote mic control panel,
then the Tally Common can bejumpered to +5 Logic.
I
READY (+) & (-)
AUDIO RESET (+) & (-)
These complementary logic inputs require +5 to +40 VDC on the (+) input and ground on the (-) input for
activation. This can be done by connecting an active high logic to the (+) input and grounding the H input, or
by supplying +5 to +40 VDC to the (+) input and an active low logic to the (-) input.
20
30
READY
(pins 21 & 24)
When activated while the modulI! is On, the module turns Off without generating a Stop Pulse. While the
module is Off (and Logic Settings switch # 7 is On and # 9 is Off), the Ready logic controls the Off lamp
illumination to indicate device StiituS. Typically, lamp off indicates the peripheral is not ready to play, lamp on
indicates the device is ready, and a flashing lamp indicates the device has already played or is not cued.
AUDIO RESET
(pins 19 & 22)
When activated while the module is On, turns the module Off without generating a Stop Pulse. Input is ignored
if the module is already Off.
+5 LOGIC
(pins 6,10,11, 12)
Module logic VOltage output source that can deliver up to 200 rnA of current. Pins 6, 10 and 12 are opposite
likely termination pins to minimize jumper lengths. Pin 11 is an extra power connection pin. Voltage is switched
off when the Input logic is not active, unless E1 and E2 arejumpered together.
40
Notes:
LM317 used as current limiting device
Opto-Isolator inputs can handle +5 to +40 VDC logic
Opta-lsolator outputs can handle up to 60 volts at 350 rnA
Jumper E1 to E2 to continuously activate +5 Logic power.
LOGICGND
(pins 1, 2, 3)
Module logic ground. Pins 1 and 2 are opposite likely termination pins to minimize jumper lengths. Pin 3 is an
extra ground connection.
o
13
BARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
>
Ai~NiIW:=-=----
DiGiLAL""
Quick Reference Guide to AirWave Digital Logic
2 Installation
Quick Reference Guide
Mic Remote Control Connection Example
Logic Connector Signal Table
PIN #
~
1
2
•""
3
""
""
""
<D
~
4
5
6
00
""
7
8
to>
® TrimR
A
0
•
~]ll
a
0
-.J
<0
0>
m
<n
::;
An.. ....
•
0;
Al811C1s.t'
to>
a
••
,
-
~ ..
. "' .....
. . . . at ......
_
A5fIIC&Io ....
..
--
..
..
•
;;
• SIIoGIIo .......
.n--"-I:
CWAlMoll:
Logic Settings
""
~
:;:
c:;.;
DAD
*B
(Contact insertion
end lliew)
Input
Pgm-1D
Pgm-2D
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Notes:
Pgm-3D
Off-D
cueD
Une
o
o
5
Simplified Schematic for Interfacing a
Remote Mic Control Panel
SIGNAL
FUNCTION
LOGICGND
LOGICGND
LOGIC GND
STOP PULSE
START PULSE
+5 LOGIC
ON (-)
OFF (-)
COUGH (-)
+5 LOGIC
+5 LOGIC
+5 LOGIC
COMMAND COMMON
TALLY COMMON
LOGIC ACTIVE TALLY
OFF TALLY
ON TALLY
EXT.CONTROLIN (+)
AUDIO RESET (-)
TALKBACK (-)
READY (-)
AU 010 RESET (+)
spare
READY (+)
Console logic ground
Console logic ground
Console logic ground
Stop command output. "NtO relay contact."
Start command output. uNtO relay contact."
5 volt source.
Remote On switch input (active low).
Remote Off switch input (active low).
Remote Cough switch input (active low).
5 volt source.
5 volt source.
5 volt source.
Start & Stop commands common."C relay contact."
Tally relays common connection. ftC relay contact."
Logic active tally output. "NtO relay contact."
Off tally output. UNtO relay contact."
On tally output. UNtO relay contact."
+VDC to enable external inputs On. Off. Cough. Talkback.
Remote Audio Off input (active low).
Remote Talkback input (active low).
Remote Ready input (active low).
+VDC to enable Audio Reset function (audio off control).
no connection
+VDC to enable the Ready function (Off lamp control) .
* Simplified schematic for the PR&E # 99-949-1/99-949-2 Guest Panels
+VDC is between +5 and +40 VDC.
Output relays can switch VOltages up to +60 VDC
Bold indicates connection used in this example
Remote Microphone Control
Panel Connection
Typical Switch Positions for a CR
Microphone on the A Input
with a single logic interface
--
Logic Settings Switch Definitions
O n-Off
20
30
40
50
•
Wiring Diagram for a Remote Mic Control Panel
ACRMute
BCRMute
A Studio
Mute
BStudio
Mute
A Timer Reset
B Timer Reset
RCLEnable
AlBRCLSel
Lamp Bypass
LogiC Set4R1fJ1l
#
1
2
3
4
5
6
SWITCH
ACR Mute
BCRMute
A Studio Mute
B,Studio Mute
A Timer Reset
B Timer Reset
7 RClEnable
8 AlB RCl Set *
9 Lamp Bypass
10 Cue Reset
ON FUNCTION (to left)
Input A mutes C/R speakers at On
Input B mutes C/R speakers at On
Input A mutes studio spkrs. at On
Input B mutes studio spkrs. at On
Input A resets timer at On
Input B resets timer at On
Logic active (input set by switch 8)
Logic active on Input A
Off lamp follows module On/Off
Module On cancels cue function
OFF FUNCTION (to right)
No monitor muting
No monitor muting
No monitor muting
No monitor muting
No timer reset
No timer reset
logic inactive
Logic active on Input B
Off lamp follows Ready
No cue reset function
Jumper pins 6 &18
to active the On. Off,
Cough and Talkback
switch inputs
Jumper pins 2 & 14
to tie Tally Common
to Logic Ground
Notes: RCl = Remote Control Logic
Bold indicates switch setting used in this example
* Setting ignored with B Logic Interface option installed
14
o
I-l A R
R I S
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
>
....
.A.i=n~--;:o..----
i:tiGiL.A.~
Quick Reference Guide to AirWave Digital Logic
2 Installation
Quick Reference Guide
Basic Logic Connection Example
logic Connector Signal Table
PIN #
[J ::
[J ::
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
@TrimL
11
12
13
14
15
16
Logic Settings
17
(Contact insertion
end lliew)
Input
pg
m-l[]
pg
m-2D
pg
m-3[]
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Notes:
Off-O
SIGNAL
FUNCTION
LOGIC GND
LOGIC GND
LOGIC GND
STOP PULSE
START PULSE
+5 LOGIC
ON (-)
OFF (-)
COUGH (-)
+5 LOGIC
+5 LOGIC
+5 LOGIC
COMMAND COMMON
TALLY COMMON
LOGIC ACTIVE TALLY
OFF TALLY
ON TALLY
EXT. CONTROL IN (+)
AUDIO RESET (-)
TALKBACK (-)
READY (-)
AUDIO RESET (+)
spare
READY (+)
Console logic ground
Console logic ground
Console logic ground
Stop command output. "N/O relay contact."
Start command output. "N/O relay contact."
5 volt source.
Remote On switch input (active low).
Remote Off switch input (active low).
Remote Cough switch input (active low).
5 volt source.
5 volt source.
5 volt source.
Start & Stop commands common. "C relay contact."
Tally relays common connection. "C relay contact_"
Logic active tally output. "N/O relay contact."
Off tally output. "N/O relay contact."
On tally output. "N/O relay contact."
+VDC to enable external inputs On, Off, Cough, Talkback.
Remote Audio Off input (active low).
Remote Talkback input (active low),
Remote Ready input (active low).
+ VDC to enable Audio Reset function (audio off control).
no connection
+VDC to enable the Ready function (Off lamp control).
+VDC is between +5 and +40 VDC.
Output relays can switch voltages up to +60 VDC
Bold indicates connection used in this example
Simplified Schematic for Interfacing the
Denon DN-951/961 CD Player
Basic Peripheral Device
Connection
Line
cueD
o
o
Typical Switch Positions for a
Peripheral Device on the A Input
with a single logic interface
--
5
logic Wiring Diagram for Denon DN-951/961
Logic Settings Switch Definitions
O n-Off
#
ACRMute
BCRMute
A Studio
Mute
BStudio
Mute
A Timer Reset
B Timer Reset
RCLEnable
AlBRCLSel
Lamp Bypass
Logic Sllltllags
1
SWITCH
ACR Mute
2 B CR Mute
3 A Studio Mute
4 B Studio Mute
5 A Timer Reset
6 B Timer Reset
7 RCL Enable
8 A/B RCL Set'
9 Lamp Bypass
10 Cue Reset
ON FUNCTION (to left)
Input A mutes C/R speakers at On
Input B mutes C/R speakers at On
Input A mutes studio spkrs. at On
Input B mutes studio spkrs. at On
Input A resets timer at On
Input B resets timer at On
Logic active (input set by switch 8)
Logic active on input A
Off lamp follows module On/Off
Module On cancels cue function
OFF FUNCTION (to right)
No monitor muting
No monitor muting
No monitor muting
No monitor muting
No timer reset
No timer reset
Logic inactive
Logic active on input B
Off lamp follows ready
No cue reset function
Notes: RCL = Remote Control Logic
Bold indicates switch setting used in this example
* Setting ignored with B Logic Interface option installed
Isolation Diodes
(1 N4001
or similar)
15
o
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
~i&~~=>
2 Installation
Quick Reference Guide to AirWave Digital Logic
Quick Reference Guide
Complex Logic Connection Example
Logic Connector Signal Table
~
[fD::·:
-.---,---;-j
PIN #
:!::!:I
••
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
-1.-1.1
:!::!:
••
J,
rl.
"1
@) Trim L
~
L
~
~
0
'"
c..>
'"
~
~
<0
~
co
'"
C>
....., <0
Logic Settings
0>
0;
c.n
:::j
~
m
c..>
en
'"
~
:;;:
C;;
17
(Contact insertion
end!liew)
20
21
22
Input
0
0
m- 0
Off-O
pg m- 1
23
24
pg m-2
pg
Notes:
3
Line
Cue
18
19
SIGNAL
FUNCTION
lOGIC GND
LOGIC GND
LOGIC GND
STOP PULSE
START PULSE
+5 LOGIC
ON (-)
OFF (-)
COUGH (-)
+5 LOGIC
+5 LOGIC
+5 LOGIC
COMMAND COMMON
TALLY COMMON
LOGIC ACTIVE TALLY
OFF TALLY
ON TALLY
EXT. CONTROL IN (+)
AUDIO RESET (-)
TALKBACK (-)
READY (-)
AUDIO RESET (+)
spare
READY (+)
Console logic ground
Console logic ground
Console logic ground
Stop command output. "N/O relay contact."
Start command output. "N/O relay contact."
5 volt source.
Remote On switch input (active low).
Remote Off switch input (active low).
Remote Cough switch input (active lOw).
5 volt source.
5 volt source.
5 volt source_
Start & Stop commands common."C relay contact."
Tally relays common connection."C relay contact."
Logic active tally output. "N/O relay contact."
Off tally output. "N/O relay contact."
On tally output. "N/O relay contact."
+VDC to enable external inputs On, Off, Cough, Talkback.
Remote Audio Off input (active lOw).
Remote Talkback input (active low).
Remote Ready input (active low).
+VDC to enable Audio Reset function (audio off control).
no connection
+ VDC to enable the Ready function (Off lamp control) .
Simplified Schematic for Interfacing
an Enco DADpro
NOTE: The DADpro inputs and relays must be software
configured for the functions shown in this example.
+ VDC is between +5 and +40 VDC.
Output relays can switch voltages up to +60 VDC
Bold indicates connection used in this example
Complex Peripheral Device
Connection
0
o
o
Typical Switch Positions for a
Peripheral Device on the A Input
with a single logic interface
--
5
Logic Settings Switch Definitions
O n-Off
20
30
40
50
70
00
o
ACRMute
BCRMute
A Studio
Mute
BStudio
Mute
A Timer Reset
B Timer Reset
RCLEnabie
AlBRCLSel
• j.a,!,p' Bypass
LogIC :::JttI.ItRilgM
I
1
2
3
SWITCH
A CR Mute
BCR Mute
A Studio Mute
4 B Studio Mute
5 A Timer Reset
6 B Timer Reset
7 RCL Enable
8 AlB RCL Set *
9 Lamp Bypass
10 Cue Reset
ON FUNCTION (to left)
Input A mutes C/R speakers at On
Input B mutes C/R speakers at On
Input A mutes studio spkrs. at On
Input B mutes studio spkrs. at On
Input A resets timer at On
Input B resets timer at On
logic Active (input set by switch 8)
logic active on Input A
Off lamp follows module OnlOff
Module On cancels cue function
OFF FUNCnON (to right)
No monitor muting
No monitor muting
No monitor muting
No monitor muting
No timer reset
No timer reset
Logic inactive
Logic active on input B
Off lamp follows Ready
No cue reset function
Notes: RCL = Remote Control Logic
Bold indicates switch setting used in this example
* Setting ignored with B Logic Interface option installed
Connector Jumpers:
pin 10 to 22 activates AUD 10 RESET,
pin 12 to 24 activates REA DY,
pin 6 to 18 activates REM OTEON,
pin 11 to 13 applies +SVDCto
START & STOP PULSE.
logic Wiring Diagram for Enco DADpro
l---~~
~ ~
~
Pin 21
Pin 7 ~ ~
Pin 19
Start Pulse
""
~ ~
PinS
Pin4
~ ~
"'"
I"~
.~
~ ~
~
""
Audio
Reset (-)
On (-)
~ ~
Pin 1 ~
Stop Pulse
~
~
t-
L()gic GND
Pin
7
8
16
17
19
26
27
34
36
37
ENCO 37-Pin Connector Signals
Input 1
Input 0
Relay 2 (N/O)
Relay 1 (C)
Relay 0 (N/O)
Input 1 (C)
Input 0 (C)
Relay 2 (C)
Relay 1 (N/O)
Relay 0 (C)
16
o
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
>
4F1NiaL-=---
i:»iGii:'4~
2 Installation
Module Connections
Module Connections
mic processing gear before feeding an Input module with
an Analog SIM installed.
See Chapter 3 Microphone Preamplifier Module for a
feature description of the Microphone Preamp module.
Each module's connections are covered on a separate
page in this section.
MICROPHONE PREAMPLIFIER
MODULE CONNECTION
There are five 3-pin microphone input connectors on
Mic Preamp Connector Pin Definitions
the Microphone preamplifier module. Connect only low
impedance, balanced, dynamic or condenser microphones,
Micln
~
with nominal mic output levels of -70 to -30 dBu, to these
inputs.
Each input connects to a separate mic preamp driving
its own line-level balanced analog output connector. The
6-pin output connectors are wired in parallel using the
standard pin-out sequence.
Hi9h(+J
2
Low(-J
1
Shield
Preamp Out
rJ
"Left"Hi
The Preamp output signal level is +4 dBu. The outputs
are normally jumpered to an analog Input module's A or
"Left" Low (-J
Shield
Binput using a short patch cable. Alternatively, the Preamp
output can be routed through external patching andlor
; ' 6 "Right"High(+J
2
5
"Right" Low (-J
1
4
Shield
(Connectors shown/rom wire insertion end)
Direct Connection: Mic Preamp to Input module using patch cable.
Each Mic Preamplifer
,
----------------------
MicTrim
Input Module
,r---------- ..,,
,
..---:J~--~' L
:
A Input
o..-...::.----~R
>L
,,
:
»R
B Input
,
' - - - - - ______ 1
- - - - - - - - - - - - - ______ 1
Alternative Connection: Mic Preamp to an external line level
processor and then to an Input module.
Input Module
1---------- ..
!
:
I----~L
:
A Input
~~IL----~r---~R
r/
»L
: B Input
Phantom Power
L-o+45VOks
»R
,,
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ______ 1
17
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
Mic Preamp Module
Connectors
>
.i=tNaL=-:----
i»iiGii::'.~
2 Installation
Module Connections
INPUT MODULE CONNECTION
A
Three connectors come standard on each Input module: two 6-pin audio input connectors and one 24-pin logic
interface connector. The logic connector is DIP switch set
1
0....
=
-+ -+
B
,),
,),
1
R
® TrimL
® TrimR
A
The Aand Baudio inputs support either analog or digital signals. depending upon the type of Input SIM (Single
In-line Module) installed. For analog audio. an Analog Input SIM (PR&E # 99-1001) is installed. It accepts signals
,),
,),
D
for use with either the A or B input. An optional B Logic
Interface card (PR&E # 99-1003) can be installed to provide separate A and B logic control.
R
-+ -+
B
24
··
.·
from -10 dBu to +4 dBu. balanced or unbalanced. With a
Digital Input SIM (PR&E # 99-1002) installed. the module accepts AES-3 or S/PDIF inputs.
·
Optional 8 Logic
··
·
·
Interface
I
~'Q~
'"
BCRMute
A Studio Mu~
B Studio Mute
A Timer Reset
w
.,..
U'I
The faceplate Trim L and Trim R controls set the input
reference level when an Analog SIM is installed.
Note: The two controls are not active when a Digital
."
.....
...
B TUfHN Reset
RCL Enable
AtJRCL Set
c
""""_
;;; (]
CwReset.
Logic Settings
SIM is installed.
Refer back to page 8 for connection information on us-
The Input module connectors, Logic Settings
switches and Input Trim Controls are hidden
under the meter panel in normal operation.
ing unbalanced analog or digital devices with an Input
module.
Typical logic connections are shown on fold-out pages
14. 15 and 16. See Chapter 3 Operation for a description
of the logic functions and audio controls on the module.
li6
Logic Connectors
+5 Logic
12 24
Ready(+)
+5 Logic
11 23
Spare Pin
Right (+)
+5 Logic
10 22
Audio Reset (+)
Cough(-)
9
21
Ready(-)
Off(-)
8
20
Talkback (-)
Onto)
7
19
Audio Reset (-)
+5 Logic
6
18
Ext. Control In (+)
Start Pulse
5
17
On Tally
Stop Pulse
4
16
Off Tal/y
LogicGnd
3
15
Logic Active Tally
LogicGnd
2
14
Tally Common
LogicGnd
1
13
Command Common
Analog Input Signals
Left (+)
Left (-)
Shield
2
5
Right (-)
1
4
Shield
(wire insertion end view)
li6
Digital Input Signals
High (+)
Low (-)
Shield
no connection
2
5
1
4 n o connection
no connection
(wire insertion end tnew)
(wire insertion end view)
18
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
2 Installation
Module Connections
TELCO MODULE CONNECTION
116
Hybrid
There are three 6-pin connectors and one 3-pin con-
From Hybrid (+J
nector on this module.
From Hybrid (-J
The top 6-pin connector (Hybrid) connects the audio
2
5
To Hybrid (-J
1
4
Shield
Shield
from the telephone hybrid to the left-hand pins (1,2,3)
To Hybrid (+J
(wire insertion end (!jew)
and the mix-minus audio returning to the hybrid on the
right-hand pins (4, 5, 6).
116
ToTape&Aux
The two other 6-pin connectors (lb Tape andAux) carry
Caller Audio (+J
identical two-channel connections (caller only on the left
Caller Audio (-J
and the mix-minus return feed to the caller on the right)
2
5
Mix-Minus Feed (-J
1
4
Shield
Shield
for a recording device and for an external monitor.
Mix-Minus Feed (+J
(wire insertion end view)
To monitor the second optional Telco module (Telco 2)
in the Studio, the Telco 2 Aux output must be jumpered to
an Ext. Input on the Monitor module. Refer to the illus-
Telco logic Output
~
tration on page 2 for Telco 2's mainframe position.
The 3-pin logic connector carries the Start and Stop
logic commands for controlling a Hybrid. Both Start and
Start Pulse
2
Stop Pulse
1
Common
Stop use a single common connection. See Chapter 3 Telco
(wire insertion end view)
Input/Output Module for a feature description of the con-
Telco Logic Block Diagram
.
trols and Logic Settings switches.
Hybrid
=0"
"
"
"
"
From
To Tape
To
,j,
D
:
,j,
L
R
,j,
,j,
l
R
Start Pulse
Stop Pulse
Note:
~
Cue Reset
~
TapeFeed
The Start Pulse is triggered by the Telco Module On command.
The Stop Pulse is triggered by the Module Off command.
Each pulse width is 220 ms in length.
Typical Single Telco Module Hybrid and Recorder Connection
Telco Input/Output Module
r--------------------------------,
Hybrid Trim
!
.~ I
From
@Hybrid
Gain Trim
oo
I
+ +
,j,
Common
'"
1'1 T, ..{3D9TStart Pulse
,j,
+ +
Aux
: -
+ +
0"
=
~ll
Module
Logic
Hybrid
Hybrid or ISDN
~=-----:-~-o~---------<p:;~:;.....ml
Timer Reset
1__
~=::;~~.~~~~~
~
~___~_._n_m __ mn ________ mJ
To Tape & Aux
>-~~I>-i
Telco Input/Output Module
Connectors, Trim Control
and Logic Settings Switches
.
:._--------------------_ .. _-------'
L_(_Ca_I_le_r-_o_nl-,-y,_p_re_-f_a_de_r_)_~ __ ~ __
R (Host) *
n______ n__ nm_------l
• Contains the caller Mix-Minus Feed, which follows the
Pgm-l, Pgm-2, Pgm-3, Offline status of the Telco module.
19
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
>
.Ai=nY4\L-;:..--
i>iGii:'.A~
2 Installation
Module Connections
OUTPUT MODULE CONNECTION
Main Outputs: Pgm-1, Pgm-2, Pgm-3
Monitor Output: Pgm-1
The analog program bus outputs (Pgm-l, Pgm-2 and
Pgm-3) use the AirWave standard 6-pin analog stereo pinout sequence. The digital outputs for Pgm-l, Pgm-2 and
Left (+)
Pgm-3 use a 3-pin AMP MOD IV connector. The two ana-
Left (-)
log mono outputs (Main and Aux) are combined onto a
Shield
11
6
Right(+)
2
5
Right(-)
1
4
Shield
single 6-pin connector.
Pgm-l Main is the main on-air analog output signal
converted from the Program-l digital bus. The Pgm-l
Monitor output jumpers to the Monitor module to pro-
116
Mono Output
MainMono(+)
vide the Program-l bus monitor signal. The Pgm-l Aux
output is an additional isolated output.
AuxMono(+)
Main Mono (-)
2
5
Aux Mono (-)
Shield
1
4
Shield
The Pgm-2 Main and Aux outputs are the balanced
analog outputs of the Program-2 bus. The Pgm-3 output
is the balanced output of the Program-3 bus.
Digital Outputs:
Pgm-1, Pgm-2, Pgm-3
The left-hand pins (1,2,3) on the Mono connector carry
the Main Mono audio output. The right-hand pins (4, 5,
6) carry an isolated Aux Mono audio output.
~
See Chapter 3 Operation, Output Amplifier Module for
a functional description of the faceplate controls.
Hi9h(+)
2
Low(-)
1
Shield
Two circuit board switches set the style of metering used
and whether the Fader Start function is active. Fader Start
allows the fader movement to automatically control module on and off. When the fader is moved from full-off the
module is turned on. When the fader is moved back to
Analog
r:-:-r
: : Pgm 1 Main
full-off the module turns off. DSl, switch 1 enables/disof metering betweenVU (Volume Unit, USA standard) and
D
PPM (Peak Program, European standard).
D pgmlAUx
ables the Fader Start function. DSl, switch 2 sets the type
~
Pgm I Monitor
DpgmZMain
D
·:· . '3
D
PgmZAux
~,-­
•
•
M
•
•
n
•
•
0
~o
D~
o+~4- ~
DIP Switch Settings
Switch
Up (off)
Fader Start Enabled
2 Metering
PPM
Down (on)
Disabled
Um
VU
=3
20
HARRIS
CORPORATiON
Revision B • 7/00
Output Module Connectors
=. . .
..a.FI"'~ _ A
i:»iGiiL..a.L
2 Installation
Module Connections
MONITOR MODULE CONNECTION
The 8-pin CIR & Studio Warning connector drives the
appropriate warning/On-Air light controller through solid-
Ten 6-pin connectors, using the AirWave Digital standard audio pin-out sequence, are on this module. The
state relay contacts. See pages 11 and 12 for additional
module logic connection information.
The Pgm-l input is connected to the Output module's
Pgm-l Monitor output using the supplied jumper cable.
3-pin Cue Spkr output is pre-wired to the Cue Speaker.
Two direct (fixed level. non-muting) outputs are available:
CIR Direct follows the control room monitor selector and
Studio Direct follows the studio selector. These can drive
The other three External inputs can come from any +4
dBu balanced sources.
guest headphone amplifiers.
The Cntrl Rm Main output feeds the amplifier for the
See Chapter 3 Monitor Module for functional deSCrip-
control room monitor speakers. This output is controlled
by the control room monitor level control and the control
room mute logic. The Cntrl Rm HIP output may be used
tions and operational information.
Cue Speaker output
~
to drive an outboard headphone amplifier. This output is
controlled by the control room headphone level control.
The Studio Main output feeds the amplifier for the studio monitor speakers. The Studio HIP output may be used
to drive an outboard headphone amplifier haVing level
control. The Studio Main output is level controlled by the
studio monitor control and muted by the studio mute logic
coming from the Input modules.
DcueSPkr
, •
. ;;; ;;; ~
. ±,j, ,j,±~
CntrlRm
0·
"
D
Studio
0·· ..
D
+ +.5
, •
Left (+J
"
Shield
, •
+ -+
-
,j,
tj
± ±2
±±3
.
D
+ + p
- -If,
"
=
,j,
,j,
,j,
,j,
,j,
,j,
C'R
Talkback Mic
Gain Trim
1
Meter panel housing
116
Right (+J
2
5
Right (-J
1
4
Shield
All Outputs
(Cntrl Rm, Studio, Studio Direct, C/R Direct)
Left (+J
1
,j,
Left (-J
;;;~
+ ±~
,j, ,j,
Speaker (-J
1
,j,
+ + .5
: : Studio
lui'
&
· "i
. Warning
o
0...
2
Pgm-' and External Inputs
Left (-J
Ext In
Speaker (+J
Shield
'B
.D·
116
Right (+J
2
5
Right (-J
1
4
Shield
C/R & Studio Waming connector
Studio
: : Direct
Studio Mute relay
CIR
: : Direct
Studio Mute relay
Logic Ground
Monitor Module Connectors with
Talkback Mic Gain Trim Control
......
+SVDC
Logic Ground
(wire insertion end view on
all connector drawings)
21
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B ' 7/00
.R"'~=-....
ii:NGi~.L
_ A
2 Installation
Module Connections
REMOTE UNESELECTOR (RlS)
MODULE CONNECTIONS
Analog RLS Inputs & Outputs
(FOR ANALOG AND DIGITAL VERSIONS)
Both RLS versions use nine 6-pin connectors. On the
analog version they follow the standard stereo audio pinout
Left (+J
Left (oj
sequence. On the digital version, the digital input and output signals connect to pins 1, 2 and 3 only.
The digital RLS inputs are designed for AES/EBU (also
Shield
116
Right (+J
2
5
Right (oj
1
4
Shield
referred to as AES-3) signals, although the can also handle
most S/PDIF signals. The digital outputs are AES/EBUDigital RLS Inputs & Outputs
compatible.
Note: AES/EBU outputs cannot directly connect to
an S/PDIF input. A digital signal convertor must be used.
The analog RLS inputs can be any balanced or unbalanced line-level devices with reference levels of -10 dBu
High (+J
to +4 dBu. The analog RLS outputs are at the same reference level as the inputs (-1O dBu up to +4 dBu). The RLS
outputs are typically connected to an Input module or a
116
no connection
Low (oj
2
5
no connection
Shield
1
4
no connection
(wire insertion end view on
both connector drawings)
recording device. Refer back to page 8 for unbalanced device connection information.
Note: There are no level adjustments on the RLS mod-
ule, therefore all analog input sources must use the same
reference level. The RLS is an active device, therefore, the
inputs and outputs cannot be swapped to make a 2 x 7
device.
The Remote Line Selector module's buttons are spaced
so that a Brother P-TouchlM or similar labelling machine
can be used to identify the input sources. The lines next to
each RLS button are spaced 112" [12.70 mm) apart so
that either 3/8" [9.525 mm) or 112" [12.70 mm)label
tape with two lines of type can be used.
See Chapter 3 Remote Line Selector (RLS) Module for
more operational information.
Identifying the RLS Type
o Analog
•
Digital
Digital RLS
•
o
Remote Line Selector
Module Connectors
Analog
Digital
Analog RLS
22
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
>
Ai=n~=-::.--""
i>iCSii:Ar=-
2 Installation
Module Connections
TIMER MODULE REMOTE
CONNECTION
Remote Timer Reset
There are two connectors on the TImer module. The 8-
1
SIGNAL
pin connector is pre-wired to the internal Clock/Timer
Assembly. A 3-pin connector is available for resetting and
y
spare___c_o_nt_ac_t_"C_'_'_
1_R_el_a
23
1
starting a remote timer.
Two normally-open "relay contacts" are used to connect
FUNCTION
Relay
Contact"N/O"
to the Timer. Typically the relay contacts connect to the
reset and ground connections on the timer as shown in
Timer
the examples below. See Chapter 3 Timer Control Module
(pre-wired)
for more information.
SIGNAL
FUNCTION
Logic GND
Logic ground
2
+12 D
+ 12 volt supply
3
Start
Start command
PIN
4
8
3
1
4
Stop
Stop command
2
6
5
Reset
Reset command
1
5
6
Hold
Hold command
7
spare
8
spare
(wire insertion end view on
all connector drawings)
Timer Module Connectors
Typical Timer Reset Connections
Connection When Timer Resets and Auto Starts With a Single Reset Pulse
Remote Timer---
--------
opto-re ay
Timer
Module
Logic
~':"":"'I
I "N/O" Relay Contact
IJ211 I
I "C" Relay Contact
1J213 I
L. _________________________________________________________ ... _. ____________ .___ . ____________ . ___ . ___ . ___ ._________
,
Ground
0 ___________________ ;
Connection When Timer Has Separate Reset and Start Logic Inputs
···:
..
____ 0 __ - ______ 0." ___ ---_ ••• _-----_ ••• "-----_.- ••• _---- ____ 0._. ____________ ._. ___ • ________________ • ____ • ________________________________ _
Opto-relay
Timer
Module
Remote Timer
,---------------
:
J2
"N/O" Relay Contact
: Start
: ........,
Logic
f----.......,:
"C" Relay Contact
.
·
'.. _____ . ___ . __ .. _. __ . __ • _____________ . ____ . __________ • ___ .w _________________ . _________ . _____ . ________________________ • _____ • _____ .• ___ ••
23
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
Ground
T.
board-mounted DIP switch (DSl) for switching
phantom power to any input. In the illustration
operational functions for each module
inputs 2 and 4 are shown switched on.
Five faceplate-accessible gain trim controls set
and component in the AirWave Digital console is
the preamp gain as required for the application.
Multiple Microphone Preamplifier modules may
covered in this chapter.
be used in the AirWave Digital mainframe.
(§)
Input Modules
_.-------1
AirWave Digital has six types of input modules
1:!:ll;~j
available: Microphone Preamplifier, analog or
~L~~~i
r~11--;1
Microphone Inputs 1 - 5
!: ~lt ± I·
digital Input, Telco Input/Output and analog or
I
digital Remote Line Selector (RLS).
Any combination of Input, Microphone Preamp
Preamplifier Outputs 1 - 5Mic
signalparalleled to left and right outputs.
_____•__ .!.....J
and RLS modules may be installed into the Input
module positions in the mainframe. Up to two
Telco modules can be installed in their dedicated
mainframe positions (immediately to the left of
I
0
1.;7'
the Monitor module), although any other Input
I_~~:';
I~
module can also be installed into these positions.
The RLS position (between the Monitor and Out-
~-
put modules) can only have an RLS or Microphone
Trimpots for Inputs 1 - 5
Normally hidden behind a security cover,
allows nominal microphone signal levels
of-70 dBu to -30 dBu.
1_.
I:::p)
1--
Preamp module, or a tape remote or other custom panel installed in its position.
[5)'
MICROPHONE PREAMPLIFIER
MODULE
1=
F.r;..
The Microphone Preamplifier module amplifies
~~-
I
from one to five low-level microphone Signals to
line-level. The +4 dBu output of each preampli-
o
fier can be jumpered directly to an Input module,
an analog RLS, routed to a patch bay or connected
to an external line-level signal processor.
The module contains five high-performance
transformerless microphone preamplifiers with a
1
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
3 Operation
ANALOG OR DIGITAL INPUT MODULE
The Analog version controls pre amplified microphones or analog line-level sources on both inputs. The digital
version controls AES-3 or S/PDIF digital sources on both inputs. Input modules can be reconfigured in the field
by changing the plug-in SIM card. The functional differences for the digital version are listed within brackets.
AlB In p uts Th)O balanced analog stereo linelevel inputs (A & B). (Two differential AES-3
compatible inputs on connectorpins 1, 2, 3 only]
Logic Connector(s) Connects a mic
remote control panel or a peripheral device for
remote control ofboth the device and the module.
Refer to the Input Module Connections Quick
Reference (page 13 of the Installation chapter)
for more information on the control functions.
An optional B Logic Interface can be added for
separate logic control on each input.
'®~'rl
m
LJLJ,
.a_
'
,-~. ._~
A __
..
A __
..
"
__
..a.,.,
~­
;
~,.::­
Logi<: Settings
Input Level Tri m pots Individual gain
adjustment ofthe module~' left and right channel~
(postAiB selection). {Not active with a digital SIM
installed]
Logic Settings switches Sets the
module's logic control functions for the A and B
inputs. When the B Logic Intet:face is installed, the
AlB RCL Set Switch is not active. Refer to the Input
Module Connections Quick Reference (page 13 of
the Installation chapter) for more information on
the switch functions.
.8DAD
AlB Input Selector Selects the active input
(A or B). The button is lit when the B input is
selected Changing inputs while the module is On
turns the module Off.
Input
Pg"..1D
Pg....2D
Pg",.3D
Pgm-1. Pgm-2. Pgm-3 Assigns the module
to any combination ofthe Program 1, Program 2
and Program 3 buses. The buttons are lit when
assigned to a bus.
Off-D
Une
Off-line When active (button liV, the prefader and pre-On/Off audio is sent to the Telco
module's off-line telephone foldback bus.
o
Cu e Sends the pre-fader audio to the console's
Cue speaker and to the console operator's
headphones. The button is lit while Cue is active.
Fad e r 100 mm level control. Set the fader to
the reference line (-12 dB) to achieve 0 va on the
program output meters with a nominal +4 dBu
analog input signal (andproperly adjusted input
level trimpots). {Set the control to nominal, -12
dB to provide unity gain ofdigital input signals]
Red On Button Turns the module on,
applying the module's audio to the selected
program buses. It may also initiate logic control
commands Start Pulse, Timer Reset, On Tally, Cue
Off and mute the control room or studio speakers
(and turn on the appropriate warning lamp)
following the Logic Settings switch positions:
Ve II ow Off Bu tto n Turns the module off,
removing the module's audio from all program
buses. May also turn offCue and initiate the logic
control commands Stop Pulse and Off Tally
following the Logic Settings switch positions.
2
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
>
Ai=n~'------'"
ii>iGL'Ar=3 Operation
TELCO INPUTIOUTPUT MODULE
The optional Telco Input/Output module interfaces a telephone hybrid with the console. The module also
provides a host/caller recorder connection. One or two Telco modules may be installed.
Hybrid From connects the caller audio from
the telephone hybrid and To sends the selected
console mix-minus audio back to the hybrid.
Logic OutpUtA Start Pulse and a Stop Pulse
is available for hybrid control. Each is a solidstate relay tied to a single isolated common.
From
Logic SettingsCueandTimer, when set to
the left, reset the Cue function and/or the Timer
reset at module On. Tape Feed is only active when
two Telco modules are installed. It sets how the
other caller's voice gets mixed on this module's
To Tape and Aux outputs. When set to the left,
both callers are mixed together on the lift channel.
When set to the right, the other caller is mixed with
the right channel mix-minus audio.
@)Hyf»'w
00"
'"
Gain Trim
c~,.,..
Timer~
T~Feed
Auto-O
Feed
Telco
Pgm-1, Pgm-2, Pgm-3, Off-line When
lit and the module is On, assigns the caller audio
to the Pgm-l, Pgm-2, Pgm-3 or Off-line buses or
any combination of these buses. Also sends the
associated program mix-minus feed to the caller
based on a preset priority structure (with Off-line
being the highest and Pgm-3 being the lowest
priority). When two Telco modules are installe¢.
both will automatically sbare the same
assignments.
Pgm- 1
0
pgm-zO
pg
To Ta pel Au x To Tape connects the caller
audio to the left channel, and the mix-minus
audio (either Off-line or the Pgm assignment
mix-minus) to the right channel of a call
recorder. These same signals are available on
the Aux connector. With two Telco modules
installed, the lift-hand module's Auxoutput can
be jumpered to an External In on tbe Monitor
module for separate Telco 2 tape feed
monitoring.
m.30
0
0
Off·
From Hybrid Gain Tri mSets the level of
the incoming caller audio from tbe hybrid. Can
befrom -10 dBu up to +4 dBu.
Autofeed When lit, the module performs
automatic switching as described under Telco
Operation on the next page. When unlit, the
output assignments must be manually selected
and the feed to the caller will be determined by
a preset priority structure (with Off-line being
the highest and Pgm-3 being the lowest priority).
When two Telco modules are installed, both will
automatical(y sbare tbe same aSSignments.
Line
Cue
o
Cu e Wben lit sends tbe prejader, pre-On/Off
audio to tbe console-mounted Cue speaker and
to the console operator's beadpbones.
Fad e r 100 mm level control. Set tbe fader at
tbe reference line (-12 dB) to acbieve 0 VU on
the program output meters witb a properly
adjusted bybrid input lroel.
20
30
Yellow Off Button Turns tbe module
OJ!, removing tbe caller's audio from tbe
selected buses and cbanging the caller Feed
to tbe Off-Line bus wben Autofeed is active.
Wben tbe Cue reset switcb is set to tbe left,
and tbe Cue is on, the Cue function for this
module is turned off.
Red On Button Turns the module On,
applying the caller's audio to tbe selected buses.
The caller Feed is also switcbed to the mix-minus
output oftbe selected bus with the highest priority.
When tbe Timer reset switch is set to tbe left, the
timer is reset. When the Cue reset switch is set to
the left, and the Cue is on, tbe Cue function for
this module is turned off.
3
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
3 Operation
TELCO OPERATION
stalled to the left side of the Monitor Module. A
Autofeed Mode
Anyone Program bus or combination of Program buses can be selected as On-line assign-
second Telco module (Telco 2) can be installed to
ments in Autofeed mode (Autofeed button is lit).
the left of Telco 1.
When the module is On, the caller feed is the
The first Telco module (Telco 1) is always in-
mix-minus output of the selected Program bus
When two Telco modules are installed, the two
with the highest priority.
modules must track certain switch settings to en-
NOTE: The Off-line bus is not available as an
sure the correct mix-minus is always sent back to
On-line assignment when in Autofeed mode.
the two callers. Thus the Program bus select, Offline select and Autofeed buttons on the two modules
When the module is turned Off, the caller feed
are automatically linked together so that changing
automatically changes to the Off-Line bus and the
any setting on either module affects both modules.
Off-line button is lit. The selected On-Line assignment buttons wink to indicate which Program
There are two main operational modes for the
buses are aSSigned. If no buses are assigned, the
Telco module(s): Manual and Autofeed.
three Program buttons flash together to indicate
no buses are selected and the caller will notgo on-
ASSignment Priority
air when the module is turned on.
The mix-minus output that the caller receives
is determined by a preset priority structure. The
AirWave Digital Telco Module
Configuration
Telco 1
Telco 2
/"
I§l
I§l
I§l
0
priority is as follows from highest to lowest:
,
Off-line
PGM 1
PGM2
With two Telco
modules
installed, these
buttonstr,ack
between the
modules.
PGM3
For example, if the caller is assigned to feed all
four buses Simultaneously, the caller will hear the
Off-line mix-minus because it is at the top of the
priority list. If the caller is feeding PGM 1, PGM
~ ~- ~ em /'
::
;,::;:
::
::
~;
:: ;;
[j :; [j ;:
..
m:;=: DE
'A ...
"
@Z:~""
@z;~''''
OO='E- OO='E-
C=l1h> • •
;:
::
~; ~
-,.
/
oem"
: : Studio
•. W"ming
[[8~=
: : ':,./Jrt
0
__0
_.0
_0
-::"~D
,"'"
'....,0
@
e-II
p9"'-'D
'-'0
'-0
feed PGM 2 and PGM 3 Simultaneously, the caller
~!O
will hear the PGM 2 mix-minus.
""0
Even when the caller is being assigned to non-
,-
adjacent outputs, the priority structure still ap-
.
pgm-2D
Pg~'O
pgm.1D
''"''0
Pg~'O
1:;0
::0
cwO
,-
.
I~ ~ I~ ~
plies. For example; if the caller is assigned to feed
,,-
PGM 1 and PGM 3, the caller will hear the
,...,-
PGM 1 mix-minus.
~-
,,-
In Manual Mode (Autofeed button is not lit),
<0-
the caller will hear the output of the selected bus
w-
,.-
,"-
AfonNQr
§
""""
~
-,
_0
_0
_0
MonitOf
Pg~'O
~-
,,"'-
. .
@
with the highest priority regardless of the Telco
~'O
Pg~20
'":0
HaBdphone
Module's On/Off status.
ComrolRoom
~~
4
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
0
I
:: f;f
:: !H
: : ~ 11
~inT,im
'''"
the PGM 1 mix-minus. If the caller is assigned to
~:;.:
:: ;;'
:: 11 ~
r..illbadM'-~
~ 7,;;0
2 and PGM 3 Simultaneously, the caller will hear
::;:::;:
0
Monitor
Module
>
~i=r\~--~---­
i>iGiL~~
3 Operation
REMOTE LINE SELECTOR (RLS) MODULE - ANALOG OR DIGITAL VERSION
Each RLS module version (stereo analog or AES-3 digital) contains two electronic switches which share seven
common inputs to create a pair of 7 x 2 switchers. The seven sources are independently selectable between the
two outputs. There are no signal level trim adjustments on this module. The functional differences of the digital
version are within the brackets.
:,
~:- -
RLS In The seven stereo line-level inputs. Inputs
must be at equivalent reference input lwels
between -10 dBu and + 4 dBu. [The seven AES-3
signals connect to pins 1, 2 and 3 only. There is
no connection topins 4, 5 and 6.]
'-+" '+-" z
'+" '+"
'-+" '-+"
'+-" '-+" 5
'" '"
-
RLS Ty pe A Digital RLS' is illustrated. The
Analog box is filled for an Analog RLS.
-
.
3
o
Analog
•
Digital
_0
_0
_0
_0
_0
_0
_0
RL S 0 ut The line-level outputs from Selector-l
and Selector- 2. The RLS is a unity gain device, thus
the output reference level is equal to the selected
input s reference level. [The two AE'S-3 signals are
output on Pins 1, 2 and 3 on each connector. There
is no connection to pins 4, 5 and 6.]
S e I ecto r -1 The seven buttons select the input
assigned to RLS Out 1. Only one button can be
selected at a time.
selector~1
_0
_0
_0
_0
_0
_0
_0
Selector-2 The seven buttons select the input
assigned to RLS Out 2. Only one button can be
selected at a time.
Selector-2
o
5
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
Output Module
The Output module has the DACs (Digital-to-Analog Converters) for the analog signals (Pgm-l, Pgm-2,
Pgm-3, Cue and Telco Mix-Minus) and the line output amplifiers for the three stereo analog Program buses
(Pgm-l, Pgm-2 and Pgm-3) and the two Mono outputs (Main and Aux). It also has the output drivers for the
three digital Program outputs. Operator selection of the Mono source and the right-hand meter is also on this
module.
Pgm-1 Main, Monitor, Aux Main is the
on-air analog Program 1 balanced stereo output.
The Monitor output isjumpered, using the supplied
cable, to the Monitor module. J1Je Aux output is a
resistively-isolated output.
Pgm-2 Main and Aux, Pgm-3 Main
The analog outputs (balanced stereo) of the
Program-2 andProgram-3 buses.
Mono The Main Mono output (pins 1, 2,3)
and a resistively-isolatedAuxiliary Mono output
(pins 4, 5, 6) are on a single connector. Both are
analog outputs.
Meter Panel Latchopening.
Pgm-1, Pgm-2, Pgm-3 The differential
(transformer-coupled) AE'i/EBU digital outputsfor
the three program buses.
pg
m-1D
pgm.zD
pgm.3D
Monaural
Analog
Pgm-1, Pgm-2, Pgm-3 Selects the
monaural analog output source. Only one source
(Program-I, Program-2 or Program-3) am be
selected. The selected analog stereo source is then
reSistively-summed to mono before being
amplifiedfor the active balanced Mono outputs.
Output
Cu e A momentary button to route the Cue bus to
the right-hand level meters, overriding the Pgm-2
or Pgm-3 level indication while the button is held.
opgm-ZII
*Pgm.3U
Meter
Select
Pgm-2/Pgm-3 Meter Select When lit
indicates that the right-hand meter is displaying
the Program-3 output levels. W1.1en unlit indimtes
the right-hand meters are displaying the Program2 output levels.
o
6
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
3 Operation
Monitor Module
The Monitor module contains the monitor source selectors. monitor control and Talkback facilities for the
control room and one studio.
Cu e Sp kr Cueffalk bus amplifier output.
Prewired to the meter panel Cue Speaker.
ErUn
!
~
Cntrl Rm The Control Room volume
controlled outputs. Main connects to an
external amplifier for the Control Room
speakers. HIP connects to an external
headphone amplifier.
++
p
~
I
"
: : Direct
~
•• CIR
.• Studio
o
Talkback Mic GainTrim Setsthelevel
ofthe Talkback mic into the studio outputs.
~
- -&
C/R Be Studio Wa rning Logicoulputto
the Control Room and Studio warning light
interf~.
•
±±7
_0
_0
_0
Pgm.1D
Pgm.zD
M 0 n i to r Controls the level of the Studio
Main output.
pgm-3D
0
co
TelcoD
Monitor
Mix
Ta I kb a c k Sends the Talkback mic to the
Studio Main and HIP outputs whilepressed.
StUdio The selected outputs from the
Studio Monitor Source Selector. Main
connects to an external amplifier for the
Studio monitor speakers. HIP connects to an
external headphone amplifier for the Studio
headphones.
: : Direct
Ta/kbad< Mit
Gain Trim
Talkback Mic Allows communication to
the studio while the Taillbacil button is
pressed.
Ext In External line let/el inputs thatfeed
the top three buttons on each Source Selector.
The Pgm-I input comes from the Output
module, using the supplied cable, to feed the
Pgm-1 monitor selector button.
IBack
Talk I
Studio Direct Fixedvolumeoutputof
the Studio Source Selector. Note that Talkback
is not in this output.
C/R Di rect Fixed volume output of the
Control Room Monitor Source Selector.
Studio
Monitor
Source
Selecto r Selects the audio sent to the
Studio outputs from the three external audio
inputs, Pgm-I, Pgm-2, pgm-3 and the
Telco 1 Mix (which is the Telco l's mixminus on one channel with the Thlco 1 caller
on the other channel). Multiple sources can
be selectedfor simultaneous monitOring.
Studio
Cu e Controls the lellel of the Cue Spllr
output.
_0
_0
_0
Headphone Controls the volume of the
headphone audio sent to the headphone Jacll
and to the Cntrl Rm HIP output.
pgm-1D
pgm.ZD
Monito r ConJroIsthevolumeojtheCntrlRm
Main output.
Pgm-3D
Te,coD
0
co
Mon/tor
Mix
Headphone Jack Low- or highimpedance stereo headphones can be plugged
into this jack. 1bpret/ent headphone or hearing
damage, always turn the Headphone control
fully counterclockwise before plugging in
headphones.
C/R Monitor Source Selector
Selects the audio for the control room outputs
and the headphone jack from the three
external audio inputs, Pgm-I, pgm-2,
Pgm-3 and the Telco 1 Mix (which is the
Telco 1 s mix-minus on one channel with the
Telco 1 caller on the other channel). Multiple
sources can be selected for simultaneous
monitoring.
Headphone
Control Room
o
0
7
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
>
.4;=1 W'aL=-::---'"
;>;G;L'.4r:3 Operation
Timer Control Module
The Timer Control module is pre-wired to the Clock/Timer assembly in the meter panel. The Timer can be
manually controlled using the Timer Control module buttons. When the Auto function is active the Timer is
automatically controlled through the Timer reset control logic from the Input modules.
[D
Remote Timer Reset Logic output to
reset a remote timer.
o
o
0
Remote
Timer
Reset
0
.. ..
Tllner
Tim e r Supplies power and logic control to tbe
clock/timer.
00
Meter Panel Latch opening.
-
A u to
When Active (lit), the timer
automatically resets to 00:00.00 and
immediately starts counting whenever an Input
module, with its timer reset function enabled,
is turned On. When theAuto button is not lit, the
timer is disabledfrom automatic Input module
control.
AutoD
Reset Resets the timer to 00:00.00. Ifthe timer
was already counting, the timer will then
continue to count up from 00:00.00. Reset
pressed while the timer is stopped simply returns
the time display to 00:00.00.
ResetD
HOldD
Hoi d Wben pressed and beld, stops the timers
display to show tbe elapsed time as tbe timer
continues to run. Releasing Hold jumps tbe time
display to the current run time.
stanD
StopD
Start Immediately starts tbe timer from tbe
displayed time.
Sto p Immediately stops tbe timer, leaving the
stopped time displayed.
o
8
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B
°
7/00
>
~i~~e
3 Operation
Meter Panel
The meter panel holds the Clock/Timer assembly, the two sets of bargraph level meters and the Cue/Talk back
speaker. The clock has no external controls. Clock time setting requires the use of the Clock Setting Magnet Tool
(supplied in the Tool Kit) when the clock is set for master mode. In slave mode, where clock timing is derived from
an ESE time code signal. the clock does not need to be set. See the section in Chapter 2, Installation, Setting the
Clock, for information on setting the time.
Meter Panel Components
Clock Display
CuelTalkback Speaker
.1'~\rlC Rtsl".RCH & ENCINEERJNC
·Pgm-1
Level Meters
Pgm-2 or Pgm-3
Level Meters
The electronic meter movements have no individual meter calibrations or alignments. The meters use IEEE
standard 152-1991 (standard audio program level measurement). When set for PPM display mode, via the
Output module DIP switch, the PPM indications will light and a +4 dBu sine wave output signal will display at
-8 on the PPM scale. When set for displayingVU, the VU indications will light and a +4 dBu sine wave output will
display at 0 on the VU scale. Each of these settings corresponds to -20 dBFS (decibels below Full Scale digital
output).
The meters display the left channel audio output on the top row and the right channel audio on the bottom row
of each meter. The right hand meter can momentarily show the Cue bus level by pressing the Cue button on the
Output module. While this button is pressed the top row of LEDs show the Cue bus output level.
The Cue/Talkback speaker's impedance is 45 ohms with a 3-watt power-handling capacity. The speaker volume is controlled by the Cue volume control on the Monitor module. A 3-watt amplifier IC on the Monitor
module drives the speaker. Refer to Chapter 5, Maintenance & Alignment, Meter Panel Assembly for speaker replacement procedures.
9
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7100
=>
I
MICROPHONE PREAMP MODULE
For this section refer to the three Microphone
Preamplifier module schematic pages (92-961) in
chapter has technical descriptions of
Chapter 6.
Each of the five balanced microphone inputs
the mainframe. each AirWave Digital module. the
feed a SSM20 17. a precision surface-mount microphone preamplifier IC. It unbalances and am-
clock/timer assembly and the power supply.
plifies the mic Signals up to -10 dBu. The preamp
ICs are protected against switching transients and
MAINFRAME
DC voltage surges by the Zener diodes. resistors
The AirWave Digital mainframe consists of a
and coupling capacitors found between the input
welded all-steel bottom chassis with a hinged
connector and the preamp IC.
overbridge-style meter panel. The modules' metal
DIP switch DS 1 has five switches to turn phan-
faceplates complete the mainframe enclosure by
tom power on or off to the five mic inputs. The
fastening to the chassis through a knurled captive
switches ship from the factory set in the off posi-
fastener at the top ofthe faceplate and a hex-head
tion. Only those individual inputs that are power-
faceplate screw at the bottom.
ing condenser microphones should be set for phan-
Each circuit board has one keyed 96-pin gold-
tom power on. The +45 volts is then coupled to
plated Euroconnector that plugs into the mother-
the inputs via a pair of 6.81 k resistors.
board from the top. The motherboard consists of
Faceplate-accessible trimpots (RV1 - RV5) set
two connectorized sections in the AirWave Digi-
the preamp gain for a nominal output signal level
tal-12 and three sections in the AirWave Digital-
of +4 dBu.
20. The motherboard sections fasten to formed
TP 1 - TP5 allow the internal nominal -10 dBu
metal supports on the bottom of the chassis. The
signal level to be monitored. Dual OP275 opamps
steel motherboard supports run the width of the
boost and differentially balance the -10 dBu sig-
mainframe for rigidity.
nals to +4 dBu at the mic preamp output.
To ensure high RFI shielding. all wiring shields
6-pin output connectors simplify connection to
ground directly to the chassis through the face-
Input modules. paralleling the left and right chan-
plate and knurled fastener right at the input con-
nels.
nectors. A ground screw near the DC power cable
Polyswitch resettable fuses. F1 and F2. protect
entry point ties the mainframe chassis to the tech-
against board component short circuits. Once the
nical ground reference.
over-current is removed. the fuses automatically
The ten-foot DC power cable is soldered to the
reset. Test point TP6 is the -16 VDC check point.
right end of the right-hand motherboard section.
TP9 is the + 16VDC check point. TP8 is the phan-
A keyed connector fastens the power cable to the
tom supply check point. The ground reference test
rack-mount AirWave Universal Power Supply.
point is TP7.
1
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
>
Ai=lM!aL=-=----
DiGiE'r.:=-
4 Equipment Description
INPUT MODULE
signals through to the output while the even pins
For this section refer to the two Input Module
are in a tri-state mode (at a high impedance).With
schematic pages (drawings 92-1004) and to the
El jumpered to E2, the IDCSDATA from AESI
two SIM schematic pages (drawings 92-1001 and
EBU receiver U2 is connected directly to the In-
92-1002) in Chapter 6.
put module via the even pins ofUl, while the odd
pins are at a high impedance.
If valid digital audio is not received, or if there
AnalogSIM
The two identical balanced inputs (A and B)
are excessive errors (e.g., loss of lock, parity er-
connect directly to the SIM socket. With an Ana-
rors, biphase encoding violation), an ERF (Error
log SIM (99-1001) installed, the stereo audio sig-
Flag) Signal is sent back to the Input module where
nals are unbalanced and amplified by OP275 dual
a NOR gate in U15 mutes the SDATA signal.
differential opamps on the SIM card. Four single-
Input Module
pole single-throw (SPST) solid-state analog
switches toggle between the two inputs according
Every Input module fader gets its reference volt-
to the faceplate AlB button selection.
ages (both High and Low) from the DSP. Each
fader's wiper output connects via a separate line
The selected stereo input is then routed through
to the DSP for individual channel level control.
trim pots R59 and R60 (Trim R and Trim L). The
outputs of the trimpots go through buffer/ampli-
The faceplate assignment switches (AlB select,
fier U4 before being converted into digital signals
bus assignment, Cue, Off-Line) are all on a single
by U5, a single chip ADC (Analog-to-Digital Con-
universal switch SIM. Each is a momentary SPST
verter). The ADC chip output (SDATA_SIM) is
switch with an integral LED indicator. The
routed back to the Input PCA through the SIM
switches connect directly to the gate array chip
socket.
(FPGA, U14) while the LEDs on the switches are
controlled by the FPGA through FET switches Q 1
Digital SIM
- Q4, Q13 and Q14.
With a Digital SIM installed (99-1002), the
The module's On/Off switches mount on a sub-
AES/EBU input is coupled to an AES/EBU Re-
assembly (PR&E # 95-969-1). Each switch is a
ceiver (U2) through an isolating transformer (T 1)
momentary SPST with incandescent lamps con-
and the AlB selection relay (Kl).
trolled by the FPGA through FETs Q5 - Q 12 and
Q 15. The FETs not only turn the lamps on or off,
U2 converts the incomingAES/EBU signal into
a serial data signal (SDATA) with a separate leftl
they also generate an AC-like voltage to increase
right clock (FSYNC) and serial clock (SCLK). In
lamp life over normal DC powering.
normal operation, the SDATA signal is routed
When the Cue or Off-Line function is active, pre-
through an Asynchronous SRC (Sample Rate Con-
fader controlled audio is applied to the appropri-
verter), U4, to synchronize the incoming digital
ate summing bus. When any Program select but-
audio with the DSP (via the FS64 clock). The out-
ton is active, fader-controlled audio for that chan-
put, SRC_DATA is then routed back to the Input
nel is then connected to the selected digital Pro-
module through the SIM socket as SDATA.
gram bus.
The SRC can be bypassed by physically
The ten-position Logic Settings DIP switch
jumpering El to E2. This switches which section
(DSl) is used to tell the FPGA whether logic con-
of U 1 is active. Normally the odd pins couple the
trol is to be active on the A or B input along with
2
HARR1S
CORPORAT10N
Revision B • 7/00
Ai=l\v.lV:-
=>
i:»iGiL'AL'" _
4 Equipment Description
what type of logic signals to use. Either the A or
The output of the second half of the opamp con-
the B input can be selected to use the logic control
nects to: U 15 (an ADC, Analog-to-Digital Con-
features in the standard module.With the optional
verter), to the left channel of the To Tape and Aux
B Logic Interface (PR&E # 99-1003) installed,
outputs (through buffer/balancing opamps U2, U9
each input has its own logic control.
and U 10), and is coupled through the motherboard
to the other Telco module (as CALLER_OUT).
There are five logic control outputs and six logic
control inputs on each logic interface (92-1004,
The ADC, Ul5, outputs digital data (SDATA)
page 2 of 2). All control inputs (U8 - U 13) and
to the DSP through the motherboard connector.
outputs (Ul - U5) are optically coupled for isola-
The digital audio data is handled as in the Input
tion and to prevent ground loops. The control in-
modules, being converted back into analog on the
puts are also current limited by U 16 - U21 (LM317
Output module as required for the Cue, mix-mi-
regulators) so that any external logic level. from
nus and analog program outputs.
+5 to +40VDC, can be accommodated.
The fader, like those on the Input modules, also
Polyswitch resettable fuses, Fl - F4, protect the
connects directly to the DSP board, controlling
+ 12, +5, -16 and + 16 VDC supply against short
the audio level in the digital domain.
circuit damage by board problems. TP I, TP2, TP3
The output aSSignment switchboard plugs into
and TP4 are available for checking the +12, +5,
a SIM socket (see page 2 of the schematic). Each
+ 16 and -16 volt supplies after the poly fuses.
aSSignment switch is a momentary type with an
LED indicator driven by FETs QI0 - Q15. The
TELCO INPUTIOUTPUT MODULE
module On and Off switch assembly plugs into
the main PCA. The two switches are momentary
Refer to the two Telco Input/Output Module
schematics (92-1005) in Chapter 6.
SPST with incandescent lamp illumination driven
The Telco Input/Output module is an optional
by FETs Ql - Q9.
module. Up to two of the modules can be installed
The To Hybrid audio output (U3, U13, U14)
into one mainframe in dedicated positions next to
carries a sum of the Telco mix-minus (TEL LMM)
the Monitor module.
and the caller's audio from the other Telco module (CALLER_IN), if one is installed.
A Single Telco module must be installed in the
first position to the left of the Monitor module. A
The Telco mix-minus audio (TELl_MM) comes
second Telco module can be installed next to the
from a DAC (Digital-to-Analog Converter) on the
frrstTelco module. This pOSition automatically con-
Output module. It is buffered by one-half of opamp
figures the second module as "Caller 2," while the
U3 on the Telco module. In addition to going to
first Telco module remains as "Caller I."
the To Hybrid output, TEL I_MM also goes to the
right channel Tape/ Aux output through U2, U 11
Each Telco module handles interfacing one telephone hybrid. All of the caller mix-minus audio
and U12.
control and caller audio program assignment is
The CALLER_IN audio (from the other Telco
module) may also be summed with TELLMM
built into the module.
The balanced From Hybrid input (shown on
follOWing the setting of a DIP switch. The DIP
page 1 of the schematic) is unbalanced and gain
switch controls whether U5 switches CALLER_IN
controlled through the two halves of opamp U 1.
to the left or to the right channel of the Tape/AUX/
The hybrid input gain is set by faceplate trimpot,
Monitor outputs.
RV1 (FROM HYBRID GAIN TRIM).
3
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
>
.i=W~--;;"---
i>iGii:'rc-
4 Equipment Description
Tape I Aux Outputs
A front panel DIP switch sets cue, timer and
With one Telco module installed, the left chan-
record output options. When the Cue Reset switch
nel output is just the caller. The right channel out-
is set to the right, the Cue function is turned off
put is the caller mix-minus audio (TEL I_MM) ,
when the Telco module is turned On or Off. When
which is the output of the assigned bus with the
the Timer Reset switch is set to the right, Telco
highest priority.
module On resets the Timer.
With two Telco modules installed, the Tape Feed
The Tape Feed switch is only active when two
switch (DS I, switch 3) becomes active. This switch
Telco modules are installed. When set to the left,
sets how the caller audio from the other Telco
the CALLER_IN audio (from the other Telco mod-
module gets mixed into the Tape and Aux outputs
ule) is mixed with the module's caller audio on
on that module.
the left To Tape output. When set to the right, the
When the Tape Feed switch is set to the left,
audio from the other Telco module is mixed with
both callers are mixed together onto the left chan-
the mix-minus audio (TEL I_MM) on the rightTo
nel. When it is set to the right, the other caller gets
Tape output.
mixed with the mix-minus audio (TEL LMM) on
Polyswitch resettable fuses, Fl, F2, F3 and F4,
the right channel.
are used on the + 12, + 16, -16 and +5 VDC con-
Monitoring Caller 2
TP4 (-16 volts), TP5 (+5 volts) and TP8 (+16
nections to protect against short circuit damage.
Caller 2 can be monitored through the Cue bus
volts) allow the voltages to be checked after the
or through the Telco 1 Mix. To monitor Caller 2
fuses.
separately from Caller 1 in the Studio requires that
MOTHERBOARD
an audio jumper be connected from the Aux output of the second Telco module to an External
Two motherboard sections are used in the Air-
Input on the Monitor module.
Wave-12, whUe three are used in the AirWave-20.
Each motherboard fastens to the bottom of the
Autofeed
mainframe and plugs together using a Mother-
When the Autofeed function is active, the mod-
board Interconnect jumper (95-974). The power
ule status (On or Off) affects the mix-minus switch-
supply cable is hard-wired to the right-hand
ing. When the module is On, the Program mix-
motherboard section (schematic 92-1009).
minus output with the highest priority is automati-
DSPBOARDS
cally sent to the caller. When the module is turned
Off. the Off-line bus audio is automatically
Two DSP (Digital Signal Processing) boards are
switched to the caller.
used in the AirWave-12, whUe three are used in
In Manual Mode (Autofeed is not active), the
the AirWave-20. Each board plugs into the mother-
selected source with the highest priority (Off-line,
board at a right angle from the modules and are
Pgm-l, Pgm-2 or Pgm-3) is sent to the caller re-
fastened to the mainframe's inside rear frame.
gardless of whether the module is On or Off.
There are no adjustments or controls on the DSP
Note: If Off-Line is the only bus selected in
boards. Refer to the Motherboard schematics (92-
Manual Mode, the caller will not go on-air when
1007, 92-1008 and 92-1009) in the following dis-
the Telco module is turned On since there is no
cussion. Because of the proprietary nature of the
Program bus assignment.
DSP boards, a schematic is not included.
4
l-IARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
>
4i=lNaL-=---
DiGiC4~
4 Equipment Description
The DSP is based on Motorola's 24-bit fIXed
The right-hand DSP board outputs the
point DSP integrated circuits. 24-bit data words
MIX_SOATA digital data stream to the Output
provide 144 dB of dynamic range. The OSP oper-
module FPGA (U9). The FPGA (see 92-1006. page
ates at a nominal sample rate of 48 kHz with on-
6 of 6) divides the individual data streams carried
board crystal synchronization. The internal reso-
within the multiplexed data to form the cue and
lution of 56-bits provides 336 dB of computational
off-line buses (CUE/TEL_ STRMB). and the three
dynamic range.
individual program buses (PGM I_STRMB.
Two DSP options are available from the factory:
PGM2_STRMB. PGM3_ STRMB) from this mul-
44.1 kHz internal sampling and/or external AES-
tiplexed input.
11 reference.
The various Program 1 outputs are on 92-1006.
The left hand DSP card (DSP 1) connects to
page 1 of6.The PGM1_STRMB (from the FPGA)
the first eight Input module positions (see 92-1007.
drives U22. anAES/EBU transmitter. and U25. a
P 12 for its connector pin-out) on both the AWO-
OAC (Digital-to-Analog Converter).
12 and the AWO-20. Each of the first eight Input
The AES/EBU chip converts the serial data into
module positions connect their SOATA outputs.
an AES-3 compatible signal that is transformer
along with their switch outputs and fader wiper
(Tl) coupled to the Pgm-l digital output. There
voltage. directly to the DSP board. When the Fader
are no level adjustments on the digital outputs.
Start Logic option is enabled on the Output mod-
The DAC's left and right outputs are capaci-
ule. a control signal from the OSP (FADER_ON)
tively-coupled to the two buffers in U 1. Output
is used to turn on the module as the fader is moved
trim controls. RV2 and RV3. set the output level
from its full off position.
of the right and left channels. respectively. for a
On the AWD-20. the next eight channels (in-
nominal +4 dBu. Output amplifiers U6. U7. U8
puts 9 - 16) connect to DSP 2. identical to DSP 1
and U 10 create the balanced Main and Aux out-
except for its EPROM.
puts. The Aux output is resistor-isolated from the
The right-hand DSP (OSP 3) handles the re-
Main output. The Pgm-l Monitor output is con-
maining four Input module positions for each size
nected (via the supplied patch cord) to the Pgm-l
console and the two Telco positions (which may
monitor selector input on the Monitor module.
alternately have Input modules installed). This
The Program 2 output is on page 2 of the sche-
OSP also creates the main digital output
matic. It is identical to the Program 1 output with-
(MIX_SDATA) and the meter outputs (DISPLAY
out the additional Monitor output (the monitor-
SERIAL DATA 1 and 2). See schematic 92-1009.
ing connection is done via the motherboard to the
P12 for pin out information for DSP 3.
Monitor module).
Each DSP board is linked to the other(s) via a
The Program 3 output is on page 3 of the sche-
6-conductor flex cable on the motherboard. Each
matic. It is identical to the Program 2 output. ex-
board generates its own OSP Go and Fader High
cept it does not have an Aux output.
and Low reference signals. DSP 1 generates the
The two Mono outputs (Main and Aux) are se-
system clocks and system reset signals.
lected from among the three program buses by
U36. a three-input analog switch. The left and right
OUTPUT MODULE
channel inputs come from the DAC buffer outputs
Refer to the six Output Amplifier module sche-
on each program amplifier. U36 is controlled by
matics (92-1006) in Chapter 6.
the three faceplate program select switches. The
5
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
>
..Ai~=-=---­
~iGiL.a.~
4 Equipment Description
are stuffed into the board for logic control of the
switches are on a SIM card that plug into the SIM
Monitor module. A complete circuit description
socket (on page 5 of the schematic).
for this board is found later in this section under
The output of U36 (an analog switch) is buff-
Remote Line Selectors.
ered and trimmed by U5 and balanced by U19
and U21 to create the Main Mono output. RVI
The Monitor 1 board is divided between the
sets the output level to +4 dBu. The Aux Mono
Control Room functions and the Studio functions.
output is resistor-isolated from the Main output.
Control Room Functions
A DAC (U2S) converts the CUE/TEL_STRMB
output from the FPGA into the analog Cue and
The CR Select Input comes from the Monitor 2
Telco mix-minus signals. Both halves of U4 buffer
board seven-button Control Room monitor source
these signals. The Cue signal goes to the Monitor
selector. Being a balanced signal, the left and right
module while the Telco mix-minus signal goes to
channels are unbalanced by the two halves of
the Telco module(s).
opamp Uland capacitively coupled to both the
The Output module also has a board-mounted
CR Monitor Pot and to the CR headphone signal
DIP switch (DS 1) that sets whether the global
assignment switcher US.
The output of the CR monitor pot goes through
Fader Start Enable function is on or off and
whether the meters displayVU or PPM.
mute switch U5 (controlled by the CR Mute logic
Four polyswitch resettable fuses (F 1, F2, F3 and
bus) before being buffered and balanced for out-
F4) protect the supply against short circuit dam-
put by U2 and U3. This creates the main CR Moni-
age.TP9,TPI0,TP12 andTP16 are used to check
tor Output.
the +16, -16, +5 and +12 volt supplies, respecStudio Functions
tively.
The Studio Select Input comes from the Monitor 2 board seven-button Studio monitor source
MONITOR MODULE
selector. The balanced signals are unbalanced by
The Monitor module is a double-width module
opamp U9 and capacitively coupled to both the
with two independent circuit boards plugging into
Studio Monitor Pot and to the Talent headphone
two motherboard positions. Refer to the nine Moni-
circuit (switcher U39 and opamps U15 and U16).
tor module schematic pages (four pages for 92-
Talkback is inserted into the studio monitor sig-
964, five pages for 92-965) found in Chapter 6.
nal by U 10 under control of the ST Talkback com-
The left hand circuit board is the Monitor 1
mand. U 11 and U 12 amplify and balance the sig-
board (92-964 schematic). It contains the moni-
nal for the ST Monitor Output.
tor controls (Cue, Monitor, Headphone levels) for
CuelTalkback
the Control Room, the Talkback to the Studio mic
and control circuits, and the master level control
The Cue/Talkback audio is summed by one-half
of opamp U4 and capacitively coupled to the Cue
for the Studio monitor speakers.
The right hand circuit board is the Monitor 2
pot and to the headphone signal assignment
board (92-965 schematic). It is the same circuit
switcher. The output of the Cue pot connects to
board as in the Analog Remote Line Selector mod-
the Cue speaker amplifier Ie (U23) which is muted
ule. When used as a Monitor 2 board, a different
by Q 1. Q 1 is controlled by the Cue Mute logic sig-
FPGA chip is installed and several additional parts
nal that comes from U35 (Monitor 2 FPGA).
6
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
>
~i~~-=---­
i:»iGii:'~~
Equipment Description
4
and rebalance the audio for the outputs (RLS 1
A built-in electret Talkback microphone is am-
and RLS 2).
plified and buffered by opamp Ul3.Trimpot (RVl)
sets the mic volume for the monitor and head-
Each front panel selector switch bank is on a
phone feed. The Talkback mic audio is switched
plug-in assignment switch board. Each RLS se-
into the Studio Monitor Output and the Talent H/
lect switch is a momentary type with an LED in-
P audio by switcher ICs U 10 and U39 in response
dicator driven by Q 1 - Q 14.
Polyswitch resettable fuses. Fl. F2 and F3. are
to the Talkback button being depressed and held.
used on the +5. +16 and -16VDC connections to
CR Headphone
protect against short circuit damage. TPI. TP9
The CR headphone audio is either the selected
and TP8 can be used to check the +5. +16 and
-18 volt supplies. respectively.
source monitor or the Cue/Talk bus. When the
Cue/Talk logic signal (from U35. the Monitor 2
DigitalRlS
FPGA) goes high. the monitor audio is cut off and
Cue/Talk audio is fed to the console headphones.
The seven Digital RLS inputs can be resistively-
The CR Headphone Level control sets the level to
(in the -1 verSion) or transformer-coupled (in the -
the headphone amplifier U22 (for the module
2 version) into the seven differential line receiver/
headphone jack) and to the balanced CR Head-
transmitter chips (U2 - U8). Five of the ICs (U2 -
phone Output driver circuit (opamps U7 and UI4).
U6) only use the receiving half of the chip. while
Polyswitch resettable fuses. Fl. F2 and F3. are
U7 and U8 use both halves. with the two trans-
used on the +5. +16 and -16VDC connections to
mitters creating the two RLS outputs 08 and J9).
protect against short circuit damage. TP3. TP8
The seven outputs from the receivers go to U 1.
and TP9 can be used to check the +5. -16 and
the FPGA (Field Programmable Gate Array) that
+ 16 volt supplies. respectively.
handles all switching and switch lamp control. The
FPGA responds to the two banks of seven faceplate switches. only allowing one switch to be ac-
REMOTE LINE SELECTORS (RLS)
tive at a time per bank. All switches for each bank
There are two RLS modules available: Analog
are on an ASSignment Switchboard (95-968-4).
and Digital. Refer to the Analog RLS schematic
The boards plug into SIM sockets J 10 and J 11.
(92-965. four pages) and the Digital RLS (92-
The switch lamps are driven by FETs Ql - Q14.
The Digital RLS uses only +5 volts. protected
1012. two pages) in Chapter 6.
by a Polyswitch resettable fuse. Fl. TPI is avail-
AnalogRlS
able to check the +5 volt supply after the fuse.
The Analog RLS has seven line-level buffering
and switching circuits with two outputs in a 7 x 2
TIMER CONTROL MODULE
matrix. The line-level Signals (RLS 1 - RLS 7) are
AC coupled into the module. Opamps (Ul - U7)
For this section refer to the Timer module schematic page (92-960) in Chapter 6.
unbalance the left and right Signals. which are capacitively coupled to the solid-state aSSignment
The Timer module routes power and timer con-
switches (U20 - U33). Pressing a front panel Ext.
trol to the clock/timer assembly through the timer
1 - 7 button routes the External input audio
connector. A remote timer reset command is also
through the switches to Ull - U14. which buffer
output through the remote timer reset connector.
7
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
>
Ai=n~=-::---'"
i>iGii:'AL""
4 Equipment Description
The module holds the logic-state backup bat-
timing signal comes from an ESE TC76 or TC89
teries used in case of momentary power outage.
time code signal input on BNC connector 13. The
Two AA batteries ensure the console powers back
time code signal is buffered (U9, Q23, U3) and
up in the same logic state when power fails mo-
applied to the microcontroller. If ESE time code is
mentarily.
lost, the microcontroller will revert to using the
The faceplate timer control switches (Start, Stop,
internal oscillator as the timekeeping reference
Reset, Hold) manually control the timer section
(flashing LED CR3 to indicate time code loss).
of the clock/timer assembly. The Auto button con-
The timer can be controlled through the
trols whether the timer reset bus logic is connected
console's timer reset bus (when the Auto function
to the timer. When Auto is active (button lit) the
is active) and manually through the timer control
timer automatically resets at module On for any
module buttons.
module with the TImer Reset logic function turned
S 1, #2 controls whether the tenths of seconds
on (Logic Settings switches 5 or 6 set to the
display is turned on while the timer is running.
operator's left).
The tenths of seconds are always displayed when
the timer is stopped.
CLOCKITIMER ASSEMBLY
BARGRAPH METERS
For this section refer to the clock/timer schematic page in Chapter 6.
The two sets of meters are mounted on a single
The clock/timer consists of a clock/timer dis-
board in the meter panel. The meter input (1)
play and a main clock/timer circuit board. A rib-
comes from the right-hand motherboard connec-
bon cable connects the display board to the main
tor 12. Refer to the two page meter schematic (92-
clock/timer circuit board.
1011) in Chapter 6.
The display board has the eleven 7-segment dis-
Each of the four meters (Pgm-l Left, Pgm-l
plays for the clock and timer and three Hall-effect
Right, Pgm-2/Pgm-3 Left and Right) is made up
switches. The Hall-effect switches are used for set-
of three 10-segment LEDs (D 1 - D4, D7 - D 14)
ting the time when the clock is run in manual
with a dual LED (D5, D6) Full Scale Peak Indica-
mode.
tor. Two 8-input NPN drivers (U3 and U4) sup-
The clock/timer is built around a microcontrol-
ply anode current, while two 4-input NPN driv-
ler IC (U1). The microcontroller handles both the
ers supply cathode current sinking. The drivers
timer and clock display functions. For a 12-hour
are controlled directly by the programmable mi-
clock display a PR&E # 21-122-1 microcontrol-
croprocessor (U 1) .
ler is used (standard with the AirWave Digital).
U8, a 555 oscillator, supplies an 80% duty cycle
For a 24-hour clock display a PR&E # 21-122-2
2 kHz multiplexing signal to the microprocessor.
microcontroller can be substituted.
This Signal also is used to set the LED brightness.
The + 12 volt supply, from the timer control mod-
Both meters can be set to display Volume Units
ule, is regulated on-board to generate the +5 volt
(VU) or Peak Program (PPM). The type of dis-
and +8 volt supplies. The +8 volts is used exclu-
play is set by an internal DIP switch on the Out-
Sively by the clock oscillator circuit.
put module. This controls the logic level of the
The clock oscillator (U2, Q21, UIO) controls the
DISPLAYVu/-PPM line which, through NOR
clock timing when the Master/Slave switch (Sl,
gate U2, either lights the PPM orVU LEDs in the
#1) is in Master mode. In Slave mode, the clock
two meters through drivers Q1 or Q2. Likewise.
8
HARRlS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
Ai=nv..t:-=..-i:»iGiL'AL\
>
4 Equipment Description
the -PGM2/PGM3line controls NOR gate U7 to
circuitry (U3 and U4) employs a dual voltage
turn on either the PGM2 LED or the PGM3 LED
tracking device (U5) that monitors the regulated
through drivers Q3 or Q4. This is in response to
voltage outputs. If either voltage drops, the other
the setting ofthe Output module's PGM-2/PGM-
will follow to keep the two voltages equal.
3 meter switch.
The meter supply voltages (+5V LOGIC and
The +45 volt supply uses a pass-transistor de-
LED POWER) are protected through polyfuses
sign (Ql, Q2, CR5). Zener diode CR5 clamps the
FI and F2.
base voltage of Q I and the collector of Q2 to a
maximum of +47 volts. Q1 and Q2 automatically
AIRWAVE UNIVERSAL POWER SUPPLY
adjust the current to keep the supply voltage con-
For this section refer to the two power supply
stant. The nominal output voltage will typically
schematic pages in Chapter 6. For a more com-
be +45 volts.
plete discussion of the Power Supply refer to the
AirWave Universal Power Supp{y Tee/mical Manual
(PR&E # 75-41).
The AirWave Universal Power Supply (AUPS)
consists of a power transformer, selectable for 115
VAC or 230VAC operation, chassis-mounted rectifiers and filter capacitors and a regulator circuit
board mounted to a heat sink.
The power supply is protected by a replaceable
AC mains fuse located in the power entry module,
thermal circuit breakers (auto-reset type) within
the transformer primary, internal fuses on the
transformer's critical secondary outputs and selfprotected current-limiting regulators.
The power transformer has four secondary windings. Three are wired to bridge rectifiers and filter
caps mounted on the chassis floor, while the fourth
is connected to a bridge rectifier (CR6) and filter
cap on the regulator circuit card. All voltage regulators fasten to the heat sinks.
The power supply has five output voltages:
• +5 volts @ 6.5 A for the console's logic circuitry
• + 12 volts @ 4.0 A for the clock/timer
• ±16 volts @ 1.0 A each for the audio circuitry
• +45 volts phantom
@
0.100 A for condenser
microphones.
The +5 volt (U2) and + 12 volt (U 1) regulator
circuitry is identical with only their divider resistor values being different. The ± 16 volt regulator
9
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
>
.AFlNial=-:---'"
i:»iGL.A~
E
turned without a RA number written on the outside of the packaging may be subject to customer
troubleshooting. the optional Air""ve
return or to an additional handling fee.
To order assemblies or to request an RA num-
Digital module extender (PR&E # 99-1014) allows
ber, contact Harris by mail, phone, fax, or e-mail,
or visit us on the Web:
easy access to any module's circuit board test points.
Harris Corporation
Attention: Technical Services Department
4240 Irwin Simpson Road
Mason, OH 45040 USA
Note that two module extenders are required for
Phone: 513.459.3503,8:00 to 5:00 EST
Fax: 513.701.5309
E-mail: [email protected]
troubleshooting the Monitor module.
Technical support:
www.broadcastharris.comlcustomer-servicelprel
Parts and Repair Services
General broadcast information:
www.broadcastharris.com
All of the switches, button caps and faders are
easily field replaceable. Although schematics are
All U.S. orders and serviced assemblies are
included for field troubleshooting purposes, it is
shipped FOB Mason, Ohio using UPS Groundtrak,
recommended that modules be returned to PR&E
unless otherwise specified. FedEx or UPS two-day,
for circuit board service due to their surface mount
overnight, and next morning delivery is available
construction.
for most items. For next day delivery, orders must
PARTS ORDERING & REPAIR
INFORMATION
must be specified at the time of order.
be placed before 2 p.m. ET, and shipping method
Assembly orders or repair services can be
Spare parts, accessories and additional modules
charged to American Express, VISA, or
can be purchased through a sales representative
MasterCard. Orders may also be shipped COD, if
or through PR&E's Customer Service Department.
you do not have an account with Harris. Contact
To expedite the ordering process, and ensure the
a sales representative for account information.
correct parts are ordered, have the PR&E part
SPARE & REPLACEMENT PARTS
INFORMATION
numbers at hand when ordering.
Most repair parts are shipped the same day.
All PR&E parts are categorized using a two digit
Modules and other assemblies may have lead times
part type prefix, a dash, and a three or four digit
exceeding two weeks, so order accordingly.
part ID number (a second dash and a sufflX num-
Parts returned to Harris for service, exchange,
or credit must have a RA (Return Authorization)
ber may also be used to identify part variations).
tracking number assigned to them by the Techni-
The Replacement Parts table on the next page lists
cal Services Department. Parts or components re-
the AirWave Digital parts typically subject to wear
1
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
>
4i=n~=-::---'"
i»iCSi;:4~
5 Maintenance & Alignment
INSTALLATION KIT PARTS
and tear. It is recommended that one or more of
each of these be kept in the on-site spares stock.
The installation kits (Tool kit, Connector kit for
the mainframe and for each Input. Telco. Mic Pre
AirWave Digital Re~lacement Parts
PR&E#
Description or Use
or RLS and a Spare Parts Kit) are shipped with
11-53
12-95
12-101
20-106
20-107
24-98
24-100
25-853
25-854
25-855
25-856
25-858
25-859
25-860
25-870
25-871
25-872
90-1016
Bridge Rectifier #
On, Off, Talkback lamp & housing
On, Off, Talkback lamp only #
Voltage Regulator, ad/ustable #
Voltage Regulator, acijustable #
Cue Pot
CR and Studio Monitor, Headpbone Pot
Pgm and AlB select switcb *
Autofeed switch *
Cue switch *
Off/Line switch *
Module On switch **
Module Off switch **
Talkback switcb **
White button cap ***
Red button cap ***
Yellow button cap ***
Input & Telco module fader
each new console. The kit contents and quantities
are listed in the table below.
Connector and Tool Kit Components
PR&E#
76-752
14-482
14-484
14-486
15-938-1
50-5
76-752-1
14-484
14-513
15-938-1
76-752-2
14-484
14-482
15-938-1
76-752-3
14-484
15-938-1
76-752-4
14-484
15-938-1
76-727
70-44
70-90
70-126
70-129
90-151
# Supplied in 76-728 Spare Parts Kit.
* Used on tbe 95-968-x switchboards.
** Used on the 95-969-1 and-2
switchboards.
*** Blank button cap numbers. Also used
for custom button engraving. Add a -1
SUffiX for standard engraving (Talkback,
On, OJ]).
The AirWave Digital Assemblies & Modules
table lists the modules and assemblies available
for field servicing of the AirWave Digital console.
Description or Use
Mainframe Connector Kit
3-pin AMP housing
6-pin AMP housing
8-pin AMP housing
Receptacle contacts
M Lithium battery
Input Connector Kit
6-pin AMP housing
24-pin AMP bousing
Receptacle contacts
Telco Connector Kit
6-pin AMP housing
3-pin AMP housing
Receptacle contacts
Analog RLS Connector Kit
6-pin AMP bousing
Receptacle contacts
Digital RLS Connector Kit
6-pin AMP bousing
Receptacle contacts
AirWave Thol Kit
Sifam knob removal tool
Hex Wrencb
Crimp Tool
Contact Removal Tool
Clock Magnet Tool
AirWave Digital Assemblies & Modules
PR&E#
23-1
23-2
80-1551
95-895-1
95-895-2
95-968-2
95-968-4
95-968-6
95-968-7
95-968-8
95-969-1
95-969-2
95-974
95-1007
95-1008
95-1009
95-1011
Description or Use
Electret micropbone
Cue speaker
Blank Panel (one module space)
Clock/timer Assembly (12 hour)
Clock/timer Assembly (24 bour)
Timer Control switcbboard
Mon 2 & RlS switchboard
Output Assignment switchboard
Line Input sl(}itchboard
Telco switcbboard
On/QIJswitchboard
Talkback slmtchboard
Motherboard Interconnect
Left-end Motherboard
Mid-Motherboard (AirWave Digital-20 only)
Right-end Motherboard (with power cable)
Bargraph Meter assy.
PR&E #
Description or Use
99-960
99-961
99-965-1
99-966
99-1001
99-1002
99-1003
99-1004
99-1005
99-1006
99-1010-1
99-1010-2
99-1010-3
99-1012
99-1014
99-1015
Timer Control module
Micropbone preamp module
Monitor module
Analog Remote Line Selector module
Analog Input SIM
Digital Input SIM
B Logic Interface SIM
Line Input module
Telco Input/Output module
Output Amplifier module
Left DSP Card
Middle DSP Card (A WD-20 only)
Right DSP Card
Digital Remote Line Selector module
Extender Card
Power Supply Assembly
2
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
Qty.
9
21
1
162
2
2
1
22
3
1
23
9
54
9
27
1
1
1
1
1
>
Ai~~=-=---""
i>iCSiLA~
5 Maintenance & Alignment
Module Servicing
3.
Once the connectors start to mate, press
straight down on the module's faceplate
Input modules can be removed and installed
above the motherboard connector area to
with the console powered and on-air without caus-
seat the module. Do not press on buttons or
ing audio interruption or noises in the program
connectors while seating the module.
audio. When first plugged in, or when the console
MODULE DISASSEMBLY &
REASSEMBLY
is first turned on, Input modules come up in their
default turn-on state-no bus assignments active,
the module in the Off state.
A module consists of a faceplate (the silk-
Note: Prior to removing any module from the
screened metal panel) and a circuit board. There
motherboard, tum off all bus assignments and un-
are two circuit boards on the double-width Moni-
plug all input, output and logic cables.
tor module. There may also be one or more switch-
Line Input Module Component Parts
.
A & B Audio Inputs
Left & Right Analog Trim
Assignment Buttons
\
Knurled
Captive
Fastener
AlB Logic Interface Connector
I
Logic Settings
Analog or Digital
SIM Socket
Circuit Board
--------------------------------~
To remove a module from the mainframe:
1.
2.
3.
boards and a fader, as on the Input and Telco mod-
Loosen the knurled captive fastener at the
ules, or several potentiometers, as on the Monitor
top of the module.
module, plugged into the circuit board.
Remove the 4-40 button head faceplate
Circuit boards fasten to the faceplate using flat
screw at the bottom of the module. The Air-
head Phillips screws. Faders fasten to the faceplate
Wave Digital Tool kit includes the hex driver.
using 1/16 inch button head screws and plug into
Use the knurled captive fastener to unplug
a circuit board connector. Pots mount to the face-
the module from the motherboard and re-
plate using lock washers and nuts and plug into
move it from the mainframe.
circuit board connectors. The On and Off switches
To install a module:
1.
2.
mount on the On/Off switchboard. The Talkback
Set the module's faceplate on the front chas-
switch mounts on the Talkback switchboard. Both
sis module mounting tab.
of these switchboards use a flat cable and circuit
Lower the module into the mainframe and
board connectors. The Assignment switchboards
align the module's connector with the
and the Input module SIM (Single In-line Mod-
motherboard connector.
ule) mount in SIM sockets on the circuit board.
3
HARRIS
CORPORATION
ReviSion B • 7/00
....
>
~i=n~;;-=---
i>iC;ii:'~~
5 Maintenance & Alignment
Circuit Board Removal
On/Off or Talkback Switchboard Removal
To remove the circuit board from the faceplate:
1.
1.
Unplug all faders, pots and switchboards,
Remove the circuit board from the faceplate,
per previous instructions.
2.
as applicable.
Remove the # 1 Phillips screws, lock wash-
Remove the Assignment switchboard sup-
ers and washers from the switchboard to re-
port screws.
move it from the faceplate. There are two
3.
Remove the circuit board mounting screws.
screws on the Talkback switchboard and
4.
Separate the circuit board from the faceplate.
four screws on the On/Off switchboard.
2.
3.
Reassemble in reverse fashion, ensuring that
the switchboard buttons and connectors protrude
Unplug the flat wire cable from the switchboard connector. Note its orientation.
through the faceplate without binding.
Optional "B" logic Interface Installation
SIM Circuit Card Removal
1.
1.
If necessary, remove the circuit board from
with its circuit board trace side down.
2.
the faceplate per the previous instructions.
2.
3.
Using antistatic material, set the module
Position the "B" Logic card's 24-pin logic
Using antistatic material, set the circuit
connector into the faceplate opening at an
board trace side down.
angle in order to insert the card's PI con-
Press out on the two metal switchboard lock-
nector into the circuit board connector pins.
ing clips while lightly pressing on the bot-
When properly mounted, the two 24-pin
tom of the circuit card. The board tilts out
logic connectors will be phYSically aligned.
of the locking clips toward the switch or
MONITOR MODULE
component side.
4.
Lift and remove the SIM card from the SIM
The Monitor module has two circuit boards on
socket.
one faceplate. Prior to removing the Monitor module, unplug the headphones from the module and
SIM Circuit Card Installation
turn off the external amplifiers for the Control
1.
Using antistatic material, set the circuit
board trace side down.
prevents possible transient noise damage to the
2.
Insert the SIM card with the edge contacts
loudspeakers and headphones.
3.
Room and Studio monitors and headphones. This
inserted into the SIM socket at about a 45°
The Monitor 1 circuit board must be removed
angle, with the switches/components angled
in order to remove the Monitor 2 circuit board.
down. The board is keyed so it will only
All of the faceplate components-pots, headphone
mount in the correct orientation.
jack, Talkback mic, and the Monitor 2 circuit
Press the circuit card into the socket while
board, plug into the Monitor 1 board.
moving it to a vertical position. The locking
AirWave uses sealed pots that do not require
clips will snap and hold the board in place.
"cleaning." If it becomes necessary to replace a
pot, remove the Monitor 1 circuit board from the
When correctly positioned, the circuit card will
faceplate by unplugging all cabling and remOving
be vertical to the circuit board and the two SIM
the three mounting screws. Remove the colored
socket alignment tabs will be set into matching
end cap from the knob by prying it loose. Use the
holes on the SIM card.
70-44 Sifam Knob Removal Tool to loosen the lock
4
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
>
.4i=l\"";-=---
ii>iGiL.4~
5 Maintenance & Alignment
nut so the knob can removed from the pot shaft.
If coffee, a soft drink or other sugared liquid
Use a 7/16 inch nutdriver to remove the shaft nuts.
has been spilled into the fader, remove it from the
FADER SERVICING
cover of the fader. Hold the fader under hot run-
module as soon as possible and remove the top
There are no replaceable nor rebuildable parts
ning water while moving the fader slider back and
on the AirWave Digital fader assembly. Fader ser-
forth to dissolve the sugars and other chemicals.
vice is comprised of cleaning and lubricating. All
Thoroughly dry the rails and conductive plastic
faders are conductive plastic, single-element fad-
using dry cotton swabs and then lubricate the top
ers (PR&E # 90-1016) .
fader rail with Dow Corning 510.
If the fader movement is rough, either the lubri-
Lubricating the Glide Rail
cant on the glide rails has evaporated or foreign
Move the fader slider to the middle of its travel
material has gotten into the fader. Dow Corning
and place one drop of Dow Corning 510 lubricant
510 is the preferred glide rail lubricant as it will
on the top rail on either side of the fader slider
not migrate to the contact fingers like other lubri-
bushings. Move the slider through its full travel to
cating oils.
distribute the lubricant. Wipe off any excess lubricant from the rubber stops at each end of the
glide rail. Normally only the top rail (the one the
Fader Disassembly and Cleaning
1.
Remove the module from the mainframe.
2.
Remove the circuit board from the faceplate,
fader slider bushings glide on) requires lubricant.
MICROPHONE PREAMP MODULE
per previous instructions.
3.
4.
Remove the fader knob and the two fader
The microphone trimpots are under a faceplate
mounting screws, and then the fader from
security cover. They are set at the factory for a +4
the faceplate.
dBu output level with a-55 dBu, 1 kHz input. In
Remove the snap-on fader assembly cover.
the field, each trimpot can be adjusted for the spe-
It is held in place by round stamped bosses
cific microphone being used on that preamplifier.
at each end. With the fader sitting label up
ANALOG LINE INPUT MODULE
and the connector pins to the front. a pry5.
point is on the right end of the fader cover.
The Trim L and Trim R trimpots (R60 and R59)
Clean the fader using only a dry cotton swab,
set the left and right channel gain, respectively.
or a cotton swab wet with distilled water.
To adjust these trimpots:
Note: The use of chemical cleaners on the con-
1.
Set the fader at the -12 dB (nominal) mark
and assign the module to Program 1.
ductive plastic will substantially shorten fader life.
2.
Never touch the fader slider contact fingers while
Apply a 1 kHz Signal at the nominal input
level for that channel (from -10 dBu up to
cleaning the fader parts.
Use only a dry cotton swab, or a cotton swab
+4 dBu) to the left and right input connec-
wet with distilled water, to clean the fader parts.
tors. Either the A or B input can be used, as
Always use a clean dry swab to dry off the con-
the adjustment point is after the AlB switch.
ductive plastic tracks after cleaning. If the fader
3.
Using the Program 1 bargraph meters, adjust the trimpots for OVU (or -8 PPM).
rails are noticeably dirty, wipe them off using a
dry cotton swab before lightly lubricating the top
rail with Dow Corning 510.
5
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
>
Ai~~=-=----
ii>iGiL'Ae=-
5 Maintenance & Alignment
TELCO INPUTIOUTPUT MODULE
feeding all three program buses with the
1 kHz input at nominal level.
There is one trimpot adjustment on the Telco
3.
module. The trimpot (RV1) is used to set the in-
Plug an ACVoltmeter into the analog Pgm-
put level from the hybrid (-10 to +4 dBu) so that
1 left output. Adjust RV3 for +4 dBu. Move
a nominal +4 dBu output is available at the leftTo
the ACVoltmeter to the analog Pgm-l right
Tape output connector. To set RVl:
1.
output. Adjust RV2 for +4 dBu.
4.
Connect a 1 kHz signal to the From Hybrid
Move the ACVoltmeter to the analog Pgm-2
connector using the hybrid's output level.
left output. Adjust RV 4 for +4 dBu. Move
2.
Monitor the To Tape Left output.
the ACVoltmeter to the analog Pgm-2 right
3.
Adjust RVI for a +4 dBu output.
output. Adjust RV5 for +4 dBu.
5.
OUTPUT MODULE
Move the ACVoltmeter to the analog Pgm-3
left output. Adjust RV6 for +4 dBu. Move
the ACVoltmeter to the analog Pgm-3 right
To access the Output module analog level
trimpots, the module must be placed on an ex-
output. Adjust RV7 for +4 dBu.
6.
tender card (PR&E # 99-1014). There are seven
Select Pgm-l for the Monaural Output.
trimpots to adjust the analog Signal output levels.
Move the ACVoltmeter to pins 1, 2 and 3 of
There are no adjustments for the digital outputs
the Mono output connector. Adjust RVI for
or for the bargraph meters.
+4 dBu.
Before adjusting the program output levels, the
MONITOR MODULE
meter selector DIP switch (DS 1, switch 2) must
be set to VU and one Input module must first be
The only trimpot (RVl) on the Monitor 1 cir-
set up as a "standard" so that a known input level
cuit board sets the built-in Talkback microphone's
is feeding the Output module amplifiers. To set up
output level. It is adjusted through the front panel.
an Input module as a standard:
There are no adjustments on the Monitor 2 board.
1.
Connect an analog +4 dBu, 1 kHz balanced
CLOCKITIMER ASSEMBLY
Signal to the left and right inputs on the A
There is one frequency adjustment (C2) on the
Input.
2.
3.
Set the fader to the nominal -12 dB mark.
board. Allow at least one hour of powered opera-
Select A Input and assign the module to all
tion to stabilize the internal oscillator before ad-
three program buses.
justing the frequency. To adjust the master clock
Adjust Trim L and Trim R for OVU dBu in-
oscillator, monitor the CLK test point using a xlO
dications on the Program 1 left and right
probe with a high-frequency counter. Adjust C2
meters.
for exactly 3.276800 MHz.
Clock/Timer Troubleshooting
Do not change the standard module settings
until after the Output module adjustments are
RedLED/lashing below clock: Clock set for Slave mode
without ESE time code on J3. Change switch
completed. To set the Output module:
1.
2.
Place the Output module on an extender
S 1, # 1 from Off to On if ESE is not being
card.
used. Test ESE system if time code is feed-
Turn off all other Input and Telco modules,
ing J3.
leaving only the "standard" Input module On,
6
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
Ai~~-
=>
i>iGiL'AL"" _
5 Maintenance & Alignment
&~
No Clock nor Timer display: Check for + 12 volts on
J1 or J2, pin 5. Check for +8 volts at the
output ofU5 and for +5 volts on U4. Check
for clock signal at CLK.
Caution: To reduce the risk ofeledric shock,
perform no servicing other than the fuse replacement unless you are qualtfied to do so.
R<f",emicing to .""Uftol"""'/>"'On"';.
Fuse Replacement
Clock Frozen: U8 shorted.
Clock rapidly incrementing: U6 shorted.
The AC line fuse in the power entry module
Clock runs llefy fast: U7 shorted.
(PEM) is the only user-replaceable component in
Timer doesn't work in manual mode: Shorted Reset
the supply. To access the fuse, unplug the AC cord
or Hold switch or open Start switch.
and use flatblade screwdriver to pop the top of
the PEM coverplate.
Timer doesn't work in Auto mode: Auto switch not
turned on. Timer Reset switches on the In-
115 VAC supplies use a 2.50 amp slo-blo UL-
put modules are not set On or not set for the
type fuse. 230 VAC supplies use a 1.25 amp slo-
selected input (A or B).
blo lEC-approved fuse. Verify the correct AC mains
voltage appears in the PEM cutout after the cov-
One or more segments out: Each numeric character
erplate is snapped back into place.
is an identical independent seven-segment
If the fuse blows again, switch off the power
display in a socket, so substitution can identify if the display or the driver is defective.
supply, unplug the console DC cable and replace
Note: Some of the seven-segment displays
the fuse. If this fuse blows, a serious problem is
are mounted upside down to form the up-
indicated within the power supply. If the fuse does
per dot in the H:M:S divider colons.
not blow, a problem likely exists in the mainframe.
In either case, refer servicing to qualified service
TIMER CONTROL MODULE
personnel.
The Keep Alive voltage is generated by two
Molex Power Supply Connector
Lithium AA batteries on the TImer Control Panel.
These batteries power the gate arrays during power
outages so the console powers back up in the same
state it was in when power was lost. There are no
adjustments or DIP switches on this board.
PIN
CUE SPEAKER REPLACEMENT
The Cue speaker is 45 ohms/3 watts. To test the
1
2
speaker, remove the speaker leads and check the
3
impedance. To replace the speaker, remove the four
4
5
6
7
mounting nuts, lock washers and washers from
the speaker. The speaker must be angled on its
8
mounting screws to clear the meter panel.
9
10
11
12
AIRWAVE UNIVERSAL POWER SUPPLY
SIGNAL
WIRE COLOR
+45 V, phantom
+16 V, audio
Pbantom GND
AudioGND
Audio GND
-16 V, audio
+12 V, Lamps
+5 V, Logic
LogicGND
No Connection
No Connection
No Connection
Green/Black
Red
Green
Black
White
White/Black
Red/Black
Orange
Blue
Periodically check that the vent openings on the
top of the chassis are not blocked and that there
Refer to the AirWave Universal Power Supply
is no dust buildup on the heat sink fins.
manual (PR&E 75-41) for servicing information.
1
HARRlS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
Mainframe Wiring ......................................................................... 2
AirWave Digital Block Diagram .................................................. 3
Mic Preamp Module (92-961) .............................................. 4 - 6
Input Module (92-1 004) ......................................................... 7 - 8
Telco Input/Output Module (92-1005) .............................. 9 -10
Output Module (92-1 006) .................................................. 11 - 16
Monitor Module,
Monitor 1 PCA (92-964) ............................................ 17 - 20
Monitor 2 PCA (92-965) ............................................. 21 - 25
Remote line Selectors
Analog RlS PCA (92-965) ........................................... 21 - 25
Digital RlS PCA (92-1012) ......................................... 26 - 27
SIM Cards & Plug-In Assemblies
On/OfflTalk Switchboard (92-969) .................................
Assignment Switchboard (92-968) .................................
Analog SIM (92-1001) .........................................................
Digital SIM (92-1002) .........................................................
"B" Input logic Interface (92-1003) ................................
28
29
30
31
32
Clock/Timer
Clock/Timer Assembly (92-895) ...................................... 33
Timer Control Panel (92-960) ........................................... 34
Bargraph Meter (92-1011) ................................................. 35 - 36
Motherboard Signals (92-1007, 92-1008,92-1009) ....... 37- 42
Power Supply
Assembly, Wiring (92-1015) ............................................. 43
RegUlator Board (92-955-3) ............................................. 44
Note: The analog supply voltages on all modules used in the AirWave Digital console are ±16 VDC. On those
modules also used in AirWave consoles, the schematics list these voltages as ± 18 VDC. The phantom supply voltage
in AirWave Digital is +45 VDC even though it may be listed as +48 VDC on some schematics.
1
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B· 7/00
90-1076-1
DC Supply
Cable
90-1143-x
Bargraph Cable
90-1077-x
ClockfTimer Cable
Cable Part Numbers
AWO-12
AWO-20
90-1076-1
90-1076-1
90-1077-1
90-1077-2
90-1078-1
90-1078-2
90-1143-1
90-1143-2
90-1153
90-1153
_ _ _- L _
90-1078-x
Cue Spkr
Cable
90-1153 PGM 1
Monitor Cable
90-1078-x, Cue Speaker Cable
AirWave Cue Pl Wire
Output Signals Pin Color
Cue + Output
----Cue - Output
Cue
Speaker
3
RED
J1
Spkr+
2
GRN
J2
Spkr -
No connection: P1, pin 1
J1 I J2: Solderless crimp connectors
Cable Identification
90-1143-x, Bargraph Meter Cable
90-1077 -x, ClockfTimer Cable
I Pl
AirWave Timer
Logic Functions
Pin
Logic Ground
1
Wire
Color
BLU I BLK
6
+12 volts
2
GRN/BLK
5
Start Command
3
RED I BLK
4
Stop Command
4
WHT IBLK
3
Reset Command
5
VIO
2
GRY
1
I
Hold Command
6
AirWave Meter
Output
P2
Pin
+5 Volts
+5 Volts
2
I
+1 3
Logic ground.
Wire
Color
.f
I RED
i ORG
: BLK
Logic ground
4 ! DRAIN I No stripe
Logic ground
5
I
DRAIN I stripe
~--------+--- - - - 1 - - - - - - -
Serial data 1
I
6
I RED I no stripe
Serial data 2
i
7
I
8
I WHT
Vu/PPM select
90-1076-x, DC Power Supply Cable
Wire
Color
Motherboard
Connections
-GRN/BLK
E3
+45 V (Phantom)
1
+ 16 V (analog)
2
RED
E4
Phantom Gnd
3
GRN
J1
Audio Gnd
4
BLK
El
1------------ - -
1
l
1----------------1----T------------1
No connection: P1, pins 7,8
AirWave Power Pl
Supply
Pin
Pl &P2
Pin
i
RED I stripe
PGM2I3 select
i
i
9
i GRN
System reset
I
10
I
BLU
90-1153, Pgm 1 Monitor Cable
--
Program 1
Monitor
Pl &P2
Pin
Pgm 1L shield
1
+-f---
Wire
Color
GND
AudioGnd
5
WHT
E2
Pgm lL (-)
2
BLK
-16 V (analog)
6
WHT I BLK
E5
Pgm lL (+)
3
RED
+ 12 V (lamps)
7
RED I BLK
E8
Pgm 1R shield
4
GND I RED STRIPE
8
ORG
E7
Pgm lR (-)
5
BLK I RED STRIPE
9
BLU
E6
Pgm lR (+)
6
RED I RED STRIPE
+5 V (digital)
I
I
I
Digital/Lamp Gnd
I
No connection: P1, pins 10, 11, 12
E1 - E8: Circuit board eyelets
J1: Ground lug fastened to Motherboard screw
AIRWAVE DIGITAL CONSOLE WIRING
2
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B· 7/00
DSPBOARDS
INPUT MODULE (PR&E # 99-1004)
'-,-----.-~Vv--.--
LeftAnalog/AD~~h
9
13
!
A Input
Main Left
r
TO/FROM
DSPBoard
TO/FROM
Inputs 1 ·8
Pgm-lleft
Pgm-1 Right
99-1010-1)
Pgm-2Left
Pgm-2 Right
Pgm-3left
Pgrn-3 Right
Multiple Switch
& ControfLogic
,-~
Module
'--""~---+
~-V'A----'"
LEFT DSP
BOARD
(PR&E #
~_ _ _ _ _ _~ER~F~>
I
_
CUEITEl...-STRMB & Clocks
left AnalogI B D!_~~J
B Input
CIR Monitor
'-"'~
Pgm-1
L Input
I
[
.... +
A'''ogTrim
Analog
Fader
-o----'-j
or
'
i Digital ~_ _ _ _ _ _~S~D~~~A>
~---j SIM
R;:Ana!og
MONITOFI MODULE (PR&E # 99-965-1)
OUTPUT MODULE (PR&E # 99-1006)
->
Pgm-,
_ Aux Left
"--,-----.-~,'c_r----.-+
Pgm-1
/1-+-rVv--h--_._.
Main Right
>--"v
+ To Monitor
Module
RightAna/og
'--""0.-----_+
AuxAight
6:;'~ --j
A f B Input Select logie
CntrlAm
+ HlPOutpul
Pgm-1
Cue/Talkback Bus
+ Pgm-l Digital
:
~
~--------~-~-O"tpul
logic
Remote Logic (A or 8 standard, separate A and 8 logic optional)
On
--r----------------i
._._--
I
Ott
I
Talkback.
I~~
Co"""
~
I
R..dy
''''---0
----0
~--
LogicAcIive
On Tally
OftTaUy
~
t~
.'
I'-'
t k.~~
t::::'
t ~~
L
AuQOA::~ - - rt:-D~;::
Stop
UI4
1,1---~I~ ACAM""
SWllchas & Lamps/LEOs
"'-o-"'!oJ.iD.<__ ---;.
~--
-0
t
O.
'-'i/.
I
~-J.
8CRM~
MIDDLE
DSP
BOARD
(PR&E #
TOiFROM
Inputs 9 -16 *
~loft
TO/FROM
DSPBoard
99-1010-2) •
A Studio Mute
,------
B Studio Mute
A Resets Tmer
I:-
8 R&setsTtmer
OSP
RCL Enable
""'~""I I
Lamp Bypass
I,
Co'';;~'"
~1·;~
1
----'
~
U36
To Monitor
;> Module
_
Trim
+ Pgm-3
To Mono Switch
to"'""'---""".-+.---.-. Main Right
RIGHTDSP
BOARD
(PR&E#
99-101D-3)
U36
G- - -
;:> To Monitor
Module
I
I
O:;:'~~":,~·TI'
TOfFAOM
Inputs 17-20,
Direct
f'----r---,--++-_
'
RighI
Pgm-2
~x~ft
R""I
Inputs 9 - 12.
Telco Modules,
Studio
Output
Output
TO/FROM
OUtput Module
ANALOG INPUT SIM CARD (PR&E # 99-1001)
is: ToTrimpo1
Dtgllal-to-Anelog
l.ft
From
~~~
;>
To Mono Switch
V
AlB RCLEnabie
Cue Reset
I
U
B=
Tx
Studio
~-. . + =-~jght
Main
Outpul
~~
Mo,'to'
L=~MoW~
To
I
~---.... + Pgm-2
L"""'_ _- I " _ Aux Right
1
~ +
Pgm-30igital
_ _ _ _. _ Output
AESIEBU
Output Driver
_______
.. +
~
Pgm-2 Digital
!
_____... _Output
U2.3_ _ _
--------"2 FromTrimpot
lV8~oct
To
.....,
Bargraph
Analog-Digital
Converter
~ AirW~e
<!
BARGRAPH METER
(PR&E#99-1011)
Bmpul ~_ _s---.
From
OSP Board
DIGITAL INPUT SIM CARD (PR&E # 99-1002)
AI,,]
~
:
I
3
TELCO MODULE (PR&E # 99-1005)
Digital-20 only
U5
'"E I~- ;---
1
T.<oo.tput
SDATAj
BOARD
<8
U3
• Component on 95-964 PCA
f-.----""~----
ANALOG CALLER_OUT
(to other Telco module)
1---1-------< ~
, -_ _ _ _ _U_"1//U12
TEl1_MM
(from OUtput module).
ANALOG RLS MODULE (PR&E # 99-966)
ALS Inputs
ANALOG
CALLER IN
Digital Audio
Interface
U20- U33
(from other Teico
81"U~~V Tll ,--_Rec_u_~iv,e_r--,
B_SELECT
TO
OSP
---r>
-:E~
.~~---
II
>------'
STARTlSTOP LOGIC
'V
V
V VI
To Monitor Module
(from Telco 1 position only)
~O----J
~I I
MIC PREAMP MODULE (PR&E # 99-961)
DIGITAL RLS MODULE (PR&E # 99-1012)
RlSI"ul,
Ul>---~----<i!
CALLER_OUT)
Pgm-2~'
y:J
'----------<)1
0
i. o.-u~:J
~- I
t:~
-\
Porn"
;
c... A....
Timer Reset
':--Q-~
Fa~r FADER
F:~::REFR::-EH~ ~ TO FROM
.:-LJ--L::://--~
'o;-i~4~
•
LO
j
OSP BOARD
Tape Feed
I
.:-cJ-L:::-------~
LOGIC OUTPUTS
-:--1
'----------------->
RLS-1
-iFPGAiIH~
C",,?:....J
I log<
! Control!
~
:"'<7 ~ _
)-
I
~
l
(
I
TIMER CONTROL MODULE (PR&E # 99-960)
___ il
+
l
5! -
l~
_J
I
U35!
I
LI
~~
~
~
!
jT7
~
I
iUs
>--Intarna/ Input Connection
---->
Inwmal Output Connection
fL
71 A - U7>+---<>--
FPGA
Connector Input
Connector OUtput
RLS20utput
logic
Control
U1
-
:~1'----1
'G>
.7
ALS 1 Output
-LJ----
RLS- t
ALS-2
f----o~
_
;I~
~
Nole: T1 - T7 are optional components
BLOCK DIAGRAM LEGENDS
®
Electronic Swilch Point
~=t>-Differentia! Inpul Amplifier
-{::L::~:~
Dift&;antial Output Amplifier
:=8c-
Precision Microphon& Preamp6ti&f
Headphol'l&, CUe, f':>wer Amplifier
-[>--Buffer Of Summing Amplifier
AirWave Digital Module Block Diagrams
REVlSlOlit
"
MIC
INPUT
3.3¥
Input Range:-10to-30dBu
.
,1:~D"
,
"
3.3"
"
MIt 1 OUTPUT
~I----'+-:I-"-+-'::I~--l
3.3'1
..'"
~H:lf-"-t::I--=--=-,-'--------j
"
1oo0PF
3.3V
"
PHANTOM POWER DIPSWITtK
'/tlnRltn,e: lOdlto60dl
4
INPUT
MIt
3.3"
Input Range : -70 to -30 dB ..
.
~I:~"
MIt 2 OUTPUT
'1"1 "","".
rl
~].J7."1tODT2'
.
0..
"
'"
""-'h
.1~F
7
UU
lilt 2 40'
.----.~----4
APPROVal I
DATE
J DONSItOWtc:S!
PAOflC RESEARCH & ENGINEERING CORPORATION
2124/97
MIt PRE BOARD
SIZE
---I-----j
D
DRAWIN6 HUMBER
92-961
SHEET
USED OM
A
Air-WIt"e
B
OF
3
HIe
INPUT
Input Ii,.ng .. :
3.3Y
"
HIe 3 OUTPUT
'1"1
JII
3
""-'h
Nit 3 40Y
.1~F
<'i""
---.---_e
__
"
~
GW~~
~""yi
'
""I
21"
t , "'
'1"1
'I"
I
I
I
RltOUT.·
"ICOUT.·
RIC OUT.NICOIIT'-
"Ie 4
SMln~
lilt 4 SKIH~
""
3,321(
~.
"
G~i"
Range , 20"8 to 60d9
MIe 4 INPUT
f--
Input Rang" : ·70 to -30 dB"
;~oo"
"
l
~
HIe 4 OUTPUT
n~:I::I:::::::
n~~L::..L..::1: - '- .:1::=::::~:::_I
'"
I~OOOPF
I"
RIC
~ .o~
~,."~'I,,--,--,,""~'",",=-H.
~.'I".'''''"''''
I
----ll.
__-_---~
+
(35
I---
Gat" Range: 20d8 to 60d8
~
SIZE
PACIFIC RESEARCH & ENGINEERING CORPORATION
I
~B
DRAWING NUMBER
I
92-961
D
3-10-1991 15:37
2
3
B
5
DIN CONNECTOR
PGMT MUIIL
P1
T
_
PGIITTeLCOL
PI
l
_NC
~--~~~~~t-~==
Ne
:
HIC
INPUT
"~
~--~~~~~~'~'~-~--~~~~~~'~.~C-
"'
"'
PT
17
:--
NC
P1
Tl
-
Ne
1'1
T9
'---
Ne
PT
lO
-
Ne
PI
l1
_
Ne
.. ,
l2
_NC
U
_
"'
~-----=~~~~'~'~-~----~~~~~'~.~-~----~-=~~~'~'~-~----~-=~~~'~.~--
"
"'
"'
"'
-
"'
PT
33
-
Ne
P'
34
-
~C
3S
-
~e
1'1
36
-
~c
1'1
37
-
~C
1000PF
"~h
.1~F
PT
H
-
NC
P1
48
-
NC
1'149
_Ne
P'
SO
-
Me 5 40V _ _- - - . - - - - - - - - .
+
e40
0"
'"
51
-
53
-
1'1
S4
-
55
-Ne
57
_Ne
He
"'
"'
"
"
:"
-NC
"
~--~~~~~~.~.~-~--~~~~~~.~'~-~--~~~~~~.~.~--
"
"'
-
~--~~~~~T~~O~==
81
-
"
Ne
::
He
~--~~~~~T.~,~ __
"'
~--~~~~~~.~'~-~--~~~~~~.~.~--
"
"
SUD/cAlLER+
P1
85
-
Ne
~--~~~~~T'~'~--
"
f--
Ne
~----~~~~T:-:~~
89
'"1
.fUF
Ne
~--~~~~~T.~,~ __
69
6
NC
_Ne
PI
64
Gain Range; .. OdS to 60dS
NC
"52
~--~~~~~~:~:~==
~
GMDA
"
~----~~~~~'~.~-~----~~~~~.~o~-~----~~~~~.~'~--
~+-----i--1
"
""". "::3~.
~----~~~~~,~.~--
Of'
Ne
1'1
~----~~~~~,-.~--
... :
::
31
~----~~~~~,~,~--
55M2017
15
NC
~----~~~~~,~.~--
~----~~~~~:~:~==
MIC 5 OUTPUT
'"
1aOPF
~----~~~~T'~o~r-
::
"
~----~~~~T'~'~r- "
~----~~~~T'~'~r- "'
~----~~~~T'~'~r- "
~----~~~~T:~:~~
::
L -_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~_ _L'_·~~
"
4
PACIFIC RESEARCH & ENGINEERING CORPORATION
REV
92-961
B
SHEET
Of
3
A
B
3
..
8
UIIIO ••
DIN CONNECTOR
ATI
4356
",.,.OVAL
L. "A"OIi
nUll"
U16-21 AU PIli TO 200 0 .. 1 RESUTOR
1I0.tn.l Input Level'" +4dlu
A
uput
L •
A UPUT L
3!----
~
z J---
A U"ut L SliD
.'IV ,IIAIITO"
.'6V AUnO
.UVAUUO
"
10 _
I
:::::: ::
Ie
::::---,
"_lIe
t6 _
"
17-lIe
"
U _Ie
"
no -
"
20-lIe
"
2,_lIe
2]
"
240
f---,':-",...'~':-":-'-+,::+:-";-\~
• sv
.,n
LOile
LAII'
iU"S
64fS
,.on
VIPU
Oil_Oil
""2 011
~~,t-~--,'_--_~~----~+-+~-+-+-+
~~.r-~~.~--.-f,~,----------~~--r-+-~-+
,"VUD_A511'
• ...ur
,
I--- -
14.15
iUAIt_U.'
-".15
IiU"I'_"'.t
•
•
,-,~
~
ifL_huu_oSU
i-I_IcL_iECEtt_iiV
1S
iit LiM'_ifPiU
t--~'·t_______
~'~~~-~~----------------------~---~
,
,
,
,
.
"
I ••
-
DiU
u..
1_111_1+
,
"
"
"
"
"
29
"
SO
P1
32
34
"~
P1
55
",on
..,
PI 36
PI
1j.04 167
37
30
iIlA"_AlN'
.
,F -;,'-,b.,,+--:=---1
..
"I'll
"'-O/L $ELEtT
n
' .. D4....!!.......-
~~.'~r-~~
~~'-If--~~
sa·
.,
U-IIC
P1
::--,
::~
-'6VAuno
"
U
_
~---';.~,----~,~,~,,~-.,
t-;;+--::i-'';;''OOET;---i
Rm'~
-=c';;.-'
L- f-40
...
'·i
Vy'
.,
QlJWft
n:mr:m:P"'-Ir-~n:mr:m
f---~:----~~,~,+:-::~==
::
L
ti:ifii1DTL P"~r-~n:tJOTOTC
~I-'"·''-Ir-~.''~_il,"~~~'il''
-j{
P1 55=1
.,
....
....
..
UtO
.
·SVLont
+12V LAI'
P1
63
"
IS
P1
.
...
AtB_SEUCT
.~SELECT
ElF
63
...
.."
"
..""
..."
JS
I t - - _L-"-'-_ _ _ _----'
,"tD
A!IIEUeT~
-
.,
14 _
"
;:--,
"
"
,
,
..
..
ONUII'
sVLilrn-
Due .11.
fF .unell
12
Ie
pt
'3_lIe
"
.. _
~
Ie
"
IS_It
"
86 _
...
.
" .
lED
'i'" UI
A8 •• nell
AB LEt
.SVLone
.sv
LOiJ:C
loueili.
Lonelili •
.. ....
.. ....
. ......
" ..
..." .....
. ,...
.." ..
."
",. ."
" ."
" .
"
" ...
" .
.,."" .....
"
.." ..."
" ."
"
" "
" .."
..." ""
.." .."""
-,-
-
7
SO
37
."
.."
..
." - . "
'"
,t
It
--
sa
17;----}
~
P190~
"~
P1
,.DD
V.,u
.wl1ot •••• "
Ie 604
"
II IlurCH
Off LUI'
10 _
"
eUlITALIC eR
~
flEX CA BlE CONN
I_$ELECT
..;-\__ "
f---~:----~~,~,+:.
.,,, LO'lC
~
;:~
.'lj.V AUDIO
LOI5ltlillO
It
~
' i..'
Z7
" -" -"
" -" "
" -" -"
" -
56
"
r---:·~"~'~·~·J7'---r.'::-'+:.',·,~~
6~
I
""2 SUITCII
" " , ,UlTtH
.r:== .. ..
....
_ _ 217002
OIL LED
""3 sunu
'C.3 lit
.
...
2117002
fun_STAll_IN I-'""'-Ir-~ FADEI_STAIf_EN
eUllU
O/Lsunell
.
. ..
IS
"~
~~-+--.~
r'",'+--.;'.,,·';;'---i
.:;';-'
so_Nt
::
l_sf_"UTE_isll
SOCKET
CUE sanCi
" -- "
"
"
"
"
"
L
" "
" "
"
" "
" -- 2 1"
" "
" " - " "
" -" -
l
..."
_ _ U7002
x:n:mt ~'-Ir-~ QT:JrIJTDTIl
~IESET
cfC -:-::-;t-::~:+--:=---1
21
It '04
r---~::----~~,::-,~::~==
-ll
-ll
~~"'-Ir-~~
SU'"
·,,, ..""
·,, ........"
,·
.....
-
IS
CLUIII-"'-'i--'V,".,V-..
_"
~~'-If--~~"~
Y.,6A
-- , "
...
1-"'-If-----------t----------,---IIItEEP_ALIVI
nOll_lRII'_'OT_R
__ P''';_SElEtT
..........""='"
..... I
-j{
2S6fS
_ -;,'-,b.+--:,:::u"..:::'._.."';:.,-.--1
JryI
....
110111
L
-
~
l! l!
mnv
~ POR_'1I0
53
~
-- --.on:.5u
___ 2117002
"
PI
~
PROBII
21
P1
.....
JilIDi
1iJIDlf
2117002
57
."y Auno
-"'Auno
__ ~
"
t-- _1-:,,=+-~---:.;=_,==._=::.----1
t-- .15
IUUD_Ali.'
TO .OUlnlll HOLE
rh -_ -:-.".;;;-,",~--:,:::u"
..: :, _.."';;;;.:-.--1
~
5V"I'_"'N.
II -
V.sa
___ ~
271
.SVLOlile
UE'AL.!VE
6
• lN'UT • Slit
---1
-!r--:,-::.."',,:-::..: -,-+',::-,+:...:-1-----,
'II"
9.15
__
t-~-2:t-~~:~--~,,~--~--t-+-+-1-t-~-+___ ~
11-r----= -;:.;:-,r';;'+---":'::::=~:;;;'~"":'O-::"--i
Z I--- U:
1_111_1..1 t--_ -:-.=+-~--.::=
.
..:':.?,_"'..:::,:-,--1
• !I'D' • +
COIIIIEtTU
t~ZD­
.-~.r-~~.~~>-~,,~+-+-+-r-+-+-+-r-~-+
~
~~~~~-f~-~~-r-t-~~-t~r-t-~~
-~,+,~,~_,~u~"~~~"~'~'--1
-
"2.2_lIe
"
.IZ
• I1f'UT L • 111"" L SltO
Ie
LOlIe DI"WUU
:-t=~ -;;:-t-;;-J--:::==:;:;:==:::c.:--I
-
Ie
A_II_U
=-;:+,;;,+--:::::';;,:",:=",::,,:=-:
--i
- 'U
,!lAR._U.'
r--
L-~~~~~~"~~'~~
• UPU, L+
"
,t
t.n
-:,+:-:-1---:,=-_,"',_"',----1
94
..
,.,),-,
.
UDia_REF_HI
FAtER_"[PU
A'''.OVAlS
DATE
PACIFIC RESEARCH & ENGINEERING CORPORATION
.--l.."Jl"".J------ fAtER_REF _lO
"
LINE INPUT MODULE,
ANALOG & DIGITAL, DWAVE
tI~ "'m , .. un
SIZE
DRAWl N6 NURSER
92-1004
D
u~
LII,O ON
L-------------------------------------------------r-----------------------------------------------------__-.---------------------------------------------------------r----~
8
A'rWave-
L. STANTON
SKEET
OF
1
2
A
B
y+5t
EXTERNAL lOGIC CONNECTOR
1"1"1r.-------------------------~--+-
___
,
~
.
EXTERNAL
STAIT]ItLSE_DUAL
~~
SrAlT_PUUE
Y+SD
. !
r.--+----------------------~--+-
___
•
.
1 '1 13 1
STOP_PULSE
7
OII_U" ..
r.--+--------------------~--~---~
"
" "
Z1
..
...
1' 1" 1
no,_,uLIE_DUAL
~
"
n
LOGIC CONNECTOR
"
.
OIl_L""'_DltAL
CONMAN) toMIION
"'
AIIY212 IlELA'
~~
1"1 " 1
7
OFF_LAI"_DItAL
.56
1" 1" 1
OFF_LAltP
r.--+----------------------~--+-
r.--+----------------------~--+-
___ ~
___
8
1" 1"I
~
I 14 I J3 I
v+"
r.--+----------------------~--+----~
U
20
... ,
LOIIe
t.
611~
PACIFIC RESEARCH & ENGINEERING CORPORATION
92-1004
SHEET
Of
2
B
2
I
I
I
B
EVlltolS
to ,
EY
1106
APPROVAL
Fe" 177kHz
V+12'
4.991::.U
L1I78U5~t
...
t----I'I----~ '"
-10.'dlu
Noo, C+9.2d8u FS)
TO
-Z4.ad8u 110•• (-4.'dlu fS)
TY"
110pF
V+1U
1'1'
FRO" HYBRID INPUT CONNECTOR
nOJlln ••
In !.s I
.
[~~~=====~J~r---~~I'I-'--~R'A'r----4
G·
to12'
+4dBu •••• (+241181,1 fS>
TO
-10d8u No ••
np.
I
nOli
"'I.'
27.411:.1:1:
(+10dlu FlU
.
-10.'
y
-14.'d8u II ••• (+5.21181,1 fU
(4Vpp FU
-14.8
..
,~
'~in"
L"
~h'
256fS.::=~~u~.;>cY--_=__:::__:t!~~.~"~~
R"'Cf'""'IIT(;'
1
,. .CLK
-4,1dl TO +12.1d8
TYP.
_
+
110pF
.,
'"
t---~V'v"v--__
J
IIC02
FS.'"
..,
~
166
'Ul~ALl.
~S
J
.,,.
AUX CALL SMO
I"I'~...
_
.
.
-I_ _-I___~~<
' ___
[~~======JGCI~r----~'0.'A,'---_t_1~
I
'oo
.r--:
__
""_AUD1O_. __ '~~
CALL_AUIIIO_-__
Tllh ground tonnects 10 lounUng
Ito!
604
, LICK
'R!
S.lTV'--.l-~¥._-II IUTA
39.2
CALLER ollr
~ole.
5
'"
.1
Q
R61
rr
1~O4
~
ZOO
'~I7~_·.llhr,~_~·~·~,,~,"-~
..~,~
~
.~ '''DA.~--J!.L'
~},- _"_.~
""'''-'
2
14
...
~
t2Z
~
.,~~.~
RI'
n
__~R·Ar___ ·~
4.641::
10
~'4.'
....
"U~--~A"Ar----~-----__
,
101t
10K
II>
I
,oo
r---~.~"~'.-'-.'-~-------+------_+---------------+__l1. "
i:
f--'- "
1ft'./._
4.991t
It;, cI~_ aiJ .. ~"rj,~'p,
L _
2
.,
~)P~'--.--j~-:'.<,u~
'''':'
+
U10
2
GNDA NET>.
v.,,,
1--1------,
~J
(
'"C
"~PF
_
I
-=..:::·~:~::v-. .E"~'~'I.!!::\!!.:!--.J
zo,
RCIIO ULLSIID
TO AUX
GNDA_1
6US . . .
IlIlU
n.z
~"AlL
GNDA ,
+h,--~J\/'~----l
Sf.Z
AUX
:
TIE TOGETHER AT P1
it
TAPE/AUX/MONITOR : LEFT CHANNEL SOURCE
I
NOTE
- CIa
~. DPi!75 >-'---"------------.,---4"·~~=---.y;..6·r--~-----------------_._--.!'''';;;''''''£'~;-I
1.11
tOfZS
200
I
CSSUI
t5 ::bI~:
AI.. 1.115
1.6S:"
r-",A,A,----'+
'"
TO TAPE
+~:~
cst
n2l
v
IJI 11
This ground c-onnech to oounltng bole.
I.
'\nn
'\ '\'
"I~
153k11r
J!!f
+ ,
511D
Fe :
___
""·'I'-I·~...I-..""-~
At
100pf
,f
OTHEtCALL_TO_IIY8RU
--",~'I\'I\'_---"'--\'
..
604 1S1
"
CALL_TO_RIIlIIf
RU 604
CALL_TO_LifT
,
-
TAPE/AUX/MONITOR : RIGHT CHANNEL SOURCE
'"c
~iif-'~'I
TO AUX
lin ~~h,---'V·V,,\,-----4
[~~======~~~~------~.0.'~.-----_r--------i_----i_------r_~~-:1
laO
AU~
11111- -
d
5
6
...
:::
-
2
y.,
RcnIIII-SIII
I"I'~
.•.
V-SA
...
.
\l
.
FADER CONNECTION
,olI',
r- -
I."
"
:':.'~':.
~
'"+
22125
HYBRID SOURCE
.f
'"
-
IL..;c",-,.c::";;:",:".;;;":,,._--,IL.:.;.,-,-14=_~
5""
This ground
~onneC"t.
z
.,11
6
'\.-,.
~
us
...
+4
to o .. untin, hole.
I
+•
zoo
I
UI
TEL1_,",
4.991:
~-
.
DATE
• ~'"
,",,_;f
'Ihr',~_"~'JV~"'l='-J
1120 ;;;(A
...
J. DOMBROWSKI
.Z/2,198
4.991:
1----+----1
!D,
"
O\~
\rP)
PACIFIC RESEARCH & ENGINEERING CORPORATION
SCHEMAllC
TELCO INPUT/OUTPUT, DWAVE
I
'========:=1======~'_'Z~E__l~D'~'~W'~'~'='~U'~'~E'~____92-1005
~"*,,,__=-,"__:-____L~'-Y~~1
100pF
1\
r
' -_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _, -_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _,--_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~--~u~~~o ON
I
U
~
~
',','
4.641:
4
FAIIEt_IU_LO
••
~
wU,'
~
,~
FADER_IIIPEI
'
~
~,"i1
RIO
I---J\)\/v.----+----"AA_- __
4.991:
FADER_REF_III
1
A
119 V+,6A
t--
t---'\'A"A'r_~
y
39.2
1
C
':;:
I
...
,oo
tf6
L--1
'"
~..;:;.~,,~,,~.:::-====JG"CI,~r_---~..~'r----,-----+--i_---r.'<U%7~th,---A",;;';.."----.j
.
,,
..
TO HYBRID O U T P U T -
IU
I
I
I >4-",1Y,,-U,--_ ••
I
I
• ,
I
I ..
'"
L-jt--
SED_TO_Ul.L_-.-J
UD_TO_CALL_. _ _ _
lllh ground connect. to .oynttng hole.
--,
10da
"
,
TO TAPE
I
11104_'
+f---"V'V\r~
5
200
~
'"+
.t.
.~,
.~.
-----,
t-_-,\RA"A·r_~·tn ~
'I
I
tlJo
OP176
B
I
ISHEET
DWave
'2-2:8-1998_'6:4S
I
1
OF
2
9
I
DIN CONNECTOR
!","i·~"i."!'~"!"~"~~'~:;i!~~~
§fl'."
$lilt
OUT
"
TAPER IHrUENt£ N1611"
l
3
SYNC_OUT
604
C:UE,TIMER Reset and Tape Feed DipSwitch
604 RIDt
AUDIO
611~
PI
:
AUDIO 611D
PI
&
AUHO i n
1'\
,
GNDA
SIMM SOCKET
-1('YAUDIOPI::~
1102
* -
cA-
ISP _'0
"oa
~~
Component not installed.
TE~_O" OUT
,--
CAL.L.EI_OUT
-AUTO SWITCH
PI
"
-PGIII' UI1TCH
PI
' II
1'\
21
.n
lN100l
r-r-"
,,,_CO,, ~y
j
Ne
LOm6MDPI::~
j"
:: = f--,+O+-----_I
t
+
GIIDD
~~~~~~--~
."'~"" ::~
L--~~~~~_ __I
E~+-----1
U4
__ KUP ALIVE
-A~~_
~'_---'-<:IOITY.
TEST CO .. N
, .. OT IIiSTALUU
"OK-
~'_---4:i""'''Y.''
6-"tD
Oi0ii._---'-<:lo.::"
.
\
I
fADER STARr E H . _ - - - ' - !
(43::!:.:'"
j
+, "
"Ii
_
.-----'--1 01~U
'OTHERCALL_TO_HYBtlD
SYNC_OUT
:: =h;t-;;c+-------i
tAU TO HTDRH
sro,,_pt,'LH
STOP_PULSE
6010
604
tl06
:: =1_::f7.,-T------j
OP'N_9~
'lI"fLY.::mT
"'ll_Utl
T[L_O~_lI'
TEL_OM_IN
._--'''---1 SYNt_IN
._--'-'-1 $""_'''"
IJ""-+--__
r-+-----
:=
I_:;;+c,-T-----_j
"-f--,+O+----------_I
rniOV p--'-j_--II
PiiiGi IJ""-+-__II
6U4~
PGIII_ON_tn
r-j_--II
Pilll_LAIIII'P"-+-__II
::=I-:+~-----------j
-.m::<1I
-.m:m
"-f--,+O+----------_I
::=I-:+~-----------I
',"'_ON_CTL
,""'5_U","
::=f--,+o+----------_I
IJ""-+---II PiliDii
tTl r-t----II
.. _trL
LAltP r--t---II ,"~"'_LA","
~
CALL AU!ltO_-
to
t--L'~__L -________~
:: =f--;;t-;;c+------j
OIL SV
SENr.
"-I-:+,-T-------------1
::=I-:+,-T-------------1
::=I-:+,-T----------_j
TEL KEY
tlDS
P~ltl o~
CALL -
P~It'
-1-''-' TEL_ON_OUT
TEL_ON_OUf __
-I-'''--!
LM"_tLK_CO" __
"~,,J_o
P6lt2_LAltP
I--"-+-__II
"~"l_U"P
P6ltl_OM.CTL
I-"-+---II
"~"l_O"_CTL
:~ =f-+~-----_j
::=f--,+o+----------_I
:: =f-+~-----_j
:: =f--,+O+-----_I
:: =
LIIP_eLK_colI
~----~~I"'yrr~
fMR_Rsf_cTL __-~""-Q~
'5¥L06IePl&o~
=1_::f7.,-T------j
SURT EIIUU
._---'.---1~
TAPE_FEED_D$W
SYNC_tN
F"'~H
._---'--1 toDER_OII_en
fADER_ON_CTL
::
-1-''-1
ON_LMP_CLK
CUE eTl
t-;;- ::~:",,_m
L'"_'_"_,______
1
p'--f----------r---II. KEEP_ALIVE
SYSTEM_1ST __
O_L_tTL
r-j_--II
OIL
ell
o_'_r-~_t~_=:_~:!''''''-j---II ~-'"
"'1"
f-+~-----_j
:~=I-:+~-----------I
:: =f-;tc;,-T-----_j
6NDD
:: =f-:f7.,-T--------1
:: =h>hc+-------i
V+16/\
74
:: =f-;tc;,-T--------1
"='" .----1"-"1
m::ro_
' - - Nt
f-----:~::±-t';;i'~
" =::l
t,~. i' '~' ~·~' '~ ' ' ~Ivr~' '~ ·fF~
:: =f--;;t-;;c+-------i
FLEX
CABLE CONN
to UNIVERSAL !;witctl bo;,rd
He " _ ' "
CALL£R AUHO l.N
·I'''''!'"..
·POR[Xl(R.. AL
PI
81
.... ~IN
~
ffiiry
·POR EXTE"""L 6RO"N~
r----
POR
..
la,,~
CAlL AUDIO +
f_-~==:-c-t-j~ SUt_TO_CALL_+
'5
r-
f-----~~~f-t
..---1f_
Nt
"
zoo
~
RZ8
~
L-.
SIZE
D
PACIFIC RESEARCH & ENGINEERING CORPORATION
DRAWING NUPHJER
92-1005
2
I
OF
2
~
10
B
IVUIO ..I
EV
co,
A.... IOVAL
4361
EIICKU'
hln: IUn. IS.Sldl
•••• 15.t5dl
'I
41 11'••'
~
I"IIU...
~
,
,
PGM1 MAIN
I'GIIIIIAllIl-
"
/
1' ••'I1I1I1t._
"
'I
~41
,
.
'Gil' t. IIiIEU
,.," 1I0'UTOI! L-
LEFT
~
PGMl MONITOR
LEFT
/
V+5.
"h
ltyp=lS..
.--;;!'"•.----.,;'
(84534-11/.
7..
~~
A9UTLF'---U25
~
'"
~L---p,""
tOUF
lao"
NOllinal Output =>-16.18dbu
"OfT·'.,"'~
I
,
I "3pGII'
L
,"1EL~
~, 9
1'.11'
AUI t. -
9
1'&11'
AUI L _
~
PGMl AUX
LEFT
200
,
~,
/
""A
AOUTIF-'------,
V+16A
lOUF
25V
hln:
V-I6A
414111'611'
"in.
15.Sldl
""".U.15dl
a.IIIUD
r-.-,-~~~----,
PGM1 MAIN RIGHT
/
-2
/
~'(
~.~ .. ,o~Fl~
PO"' •
PGMl AUX RIGHT
-
/
200
6USB
>
...
Notes: Unless otherwise specified
tZS DATA FROM"T
L==+=+~==--.r-----_t_t-j, :;:::::
L-"t-+----c;:;---III-;;J,
'J.
Resistor. are
1%,0.'"
...............................................
Z. Cepattto,.. ara in .ttrotareds
NOTES: 'ND NET WILL CONNECT TO
"'(.!"......---'\,-:-.,.~,~--l
"OlJNTlMG HOLE CLOSEST TO CONNECTOR.
DECOlJPLING CAPS CONNECT TO to"PER POUR (&NDA_').
...............................................
ElllfU-
ALL OTHER iNDA TRACES STAR GROUND TO P1 •
HEIIO/Cr-
Note:
De~6lI~:lt
I
til
c,-/tU-
17
ju.per positions across pins 2 &
-Ct "' '.,>I10 .... l Audio
,
.,>
RDt tndiuted(l ..c. def.ult to. 41r::K.f)
''',""al o"e .. rtde or
et eillablecl
."t...
o
.. > 41r::llz "alllu8t Dverdde Dr a"to set dls.bled
t
=>
EI'IO,E'"
.. 1,1 _>Eep"nh lIIot tndicated
A""IIOVALS
. J DO"BROWSKI
DATE
././98
PACIFIC RESfARCH & ENGINEERING CORPORATION
-t' • 0:> Stereopllonfc
44.1KHz- "iu''''81 o" .. rride ... auto set db.bLed
u. . D~O~.==JD~w~a~v~e~==L_-.:~:::::~:.-.___.L__________~
11
B
'.lnl Ittn. 1:S.5Id,
It •••
n.nlt'
Y.'6A
V-"A
<2,
,)
~S
I
P511l L nUll
PGM2 MAIN LEFT
/
.,
~
h
...,;, v..
on
~,
-
AOUTLF'----
tlOPf
Noainal Output =>-16.18dbu
.\OIlTII"'-_ _- - ,
LIMULt
~
PGM2 AUX LEFT
""112 AUl L-
/
P6112Alii L.
'..,
. _ PO"' ,
;oUFl~
nUn-D/"
U2 •
, ".
200
-..!.J L
..
"
200
Ityp=1Sma
,Iuolp6112
""T'f
'f
m~
,&ItZ_OUT_L_+
( TO "OHITOM "OOUlE)
'SItZ_OIlT_L_"
u ..
V+I6o\
V-I6A
41 J51
,.inl 11111. '3.51d,
lin. IS.nd'
12
P611Z II UltLD
m
PGM2 MAIN RIGHT
/
.,
3
,!J201 .
6112 RIMUU
tUfSD
PGM2 AUX RIGHT
+
".I(
... _ ,..,.
,ou'l~
64>F£,
>
...
12S DATA FRO""T
co
:~"'t:===1=1==j,
I
C."/U"
er/nfin/ti-
I
EIIOH'"
,
1:9-/,15-
1111'1
1156
-
'"
2ZU,
.. ~...
L;[J'"
/
..0
""2_011'_1_+
""2_011'_1_"
( TO ItONlTOR "OaULE)
'II~'
51.1
.1.
"'"iIUD
-t1 ,. 1">.o~ •• 1 Audh"
EIIO,£'" •
t,t =>Esphasts not indhated
-(9,. 0_> Stereophonic
PACIFIC RESEARCH &
ENGINEERING CORPORATION
D
92-1006
8
2
~----~----~---------
------~---
6
Gain, ::::
~!:~~::
PGM3 MAIN LEFT
~'I"I""',"""
(
TO MONITOR MODUL.E>
Output =>-16.18dbu
PGM3 MAIN RIGHT
41 ., 1 P~1I3 R $HI[L~
I
(
13
TO I'IDNITOR MODUL.E)
ESEARCH &
PACIFIC R
ORPORATION
ENGINEERING C
DRAWIN' NUfl8ER
~--
92 -1 006
I
SHEET
3
6
A
9
CUE
.. 1 .. 1
Rt62
6USB
.0. .0.
.0.
lUI
...
1t!.6
1137
Output =>-16.18dbu
'"
-.
".O'' :F
( Z5v
14
&atn: IUn. ; . :••7:~
.Ida
[ti]
PGM ItAIN MONO
51" 1,6tIl1li
~I,'
t*S 2K*22uf)->1.39Hz
Fc .. 1JC2*p.
(62
3
IIDItO·
1..,,"1111_0.
PGIt AUX MONO
ESEARC" &
PACIFIC R
CORPORATION
ENGINEERING
....... ......
92-1006
----
A
8
1""'·E,n
4
6
DIN CONNECTOR
FADER START IVU! PP'"
SELECT DIP SWITCH
'1"y:,---;=±'~"'-~--,----.!.~~'
~
fADER SUitt Ell
•
•
TO FPGA Pg.6
".'"
""~"
""~
l
r=:="'~""*"
J:-=:':::~~-
I
~uuo ~IU P1
17
c:.n .. ,
18
~UDIO
I--
He
10'14
o
9
"ASTEI<
-,.:., :l"l ~. .:~ ~ .
r~HR
wrP[R 2
'PGIIVO'GOI]
PI
.. ,
~
=-
fi r
51"'" SOCKET
I'lASTER FAllER WIPER
-P~II]
··1'"
SWHC~
II[T£~
PG"] "£TERUD
-CUI HIlt"
::::: ::: :: ::
IIlTER
CH" [HI< LH
'~'
I
t
"1"
H
H
H
H
H
H
-O'GII}
swnc"
H
LH
H
"~IO
-PG"l
SWPC~
PG"2 LU
·P ..,,'
s WITCH
"GOI'lED
'5lL OGH
f.-
'SYLOGIC
Loue GilD
L06ICGIID
H
H
LO"l< GilD
<
T
<-
R15
10t:.
~
'"'OK
R16
10K
;>
~
--,
,~
,
, f., f.-
.
.
~
-
, -
"
"
"
"
CUE SII
.-
IIETE~
I
I
.-
"
"
" "
"
"
-
l
'"
H
H
H
H
H
H
p'
10K
P'"3 S\! ___
P'"2 511 ____
~I-
--
-l
P'"l~
H
H
""""",::,B~
-.-L
1<14
10t:.
,~
,-
H
-I
"I '~:T
,. . P
H
U}
H
H
15
==J
"
"
"
"
"
" f.- "
"
"
" I---- "
" '--- "
-
RH1
~
-
Q3
GIIDD
~
2HOO2
" f- "
" - "
" f."
"
" ~ ""
~~
.of- "
iI_ "
"
"
" " f.- "
" "
"
"
"
" " I"
" " - "
" " f.- "
"
"
"
"
" " - "
H
0.12511
'"
~
~f
P'"3 "EYER
•
For
H
D/A
converters
H
H
H
f-
R170
H
H
f----
0.12511
'SO
H
-
""-T'"
~
,,,::IT'
'"
~
" "
" I" 43_
'---
f---f-----
H
H
f.-----I--
1-
C6_'~
'J "]
U
H
f----
f---
H
-
H
.
M
8
---
.
0.t2SI1
150
--=----l~I··L_-
" '--"
H
t .. UIUYIRS
--
~
"
"
" " I- "
" " - "
" " f- "
" "
"
" f.- "
"
"
" .. - "
I---- "
"
" f.- "
" " f- "
"
"
H
I-----
0.125
2117002
.
H
I--_m
150
"
"
" ;;-f- "
"
"
" f.- ""
"
" " I---- "
J749 f.- "
"
" " f.- "
"
"
~
eTL.
~.C-~
~
H
-
I ~r~
I '~'!.pF
eU!.!'ETER
~
-
H
2117002
"
--'SO
0.12SI1
Ly~-'2117002
--1
~
PACIFIC RESEARCH & ENGINEERING CO
ORAW,., .U.B"
RPORATION
REV
92-1006
SHEET
B
5
OF
6
I
I
B
FPIi" PROBE HEADER
fOR EN6~
USE ONLY
DON"T POPULATE FOR PRODUCTION
H.
~
S
J1.
1 t__________L'_"~'~~
,
.
J
z.
...
1161
L
n
1t145
1*
-!- '"
". -!!- ...
39.2
,,69
39.2
lin StAU
o
;:l
0
I
1'iiiTS'ii
H1if""1ii
......
CiIrW"m'Ili
FADU SUIT EN
'"
C46
fI]'"
l
Dtp SlIitCh::'
,,,!P'" sELECT
IYmi"""inlf
..
"
~
INPUTS
I--
256f11M
OO.
... ...
"
"
-;"
ROD>
""'Di
PiiiDi
21-194-1r1
DIG OUT FPGA
39.2
A42MX09
YUP,.II GELIU
~
U9
1'61'12
~1I5
SUM
f-".
1-''---~v''V''v_~=----'='-'-'-!!!!!'.
OUTPUTS
I-''---~Wv_-;·'''··;;'----''''''''··'-'·''-''''·'''-'.
39.2
~
P611' IitOMIi
-'-'-
P61112_"0"0
-"-"-
'6I1l_"UER
~
FU8
n_ I-''-----~..'C.'c_--'\IV\~--'='-''-=.
Me"
uP_'II_rl
1t51
39.2
'6I1t_IT ... ,
r"ou_u~ltr_I'
FU8
flU
59.2
piiiii_,,_"Uu
~
64FSI
16
59.2
1-""-'------="--"=tI
1-'"--------'''"...' ....,,,...
'
1-'''--____---'",,"''.....,,,...
.
1-'"-____-""'",,.....,,".>2.....
CTL 1-'''--__-'C'''''.....,"',,'''''
•..!Cc!JTL4 I
P611;5_ _ 0
CUE IIHEII
"P"OiOi
If US
f---i!..
leU
~
KU'" ALlYE
~ j('/\ "---L-,------'(,X"VL - - . ______~
....
"'.'-••
For C:,4GZ TXs- only
PACIFIC RESEARCH &
ENGINEERING CORPORATION
I......' ''''tI
D
L -_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _- - - , _ - - - - - -_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .._ _ _ _._ ...
I
B
3-10-199'_15:34
92-1006
ISItEET
6
6
B
EVISI0NS
EY
ATE
39\1;!
Fc= 1.5 Hz
FROJII PIlON BRD 2
APPROVAL
4/29197
J. DOMBtOWSKI
L
CR MUTE
I'" I ' I
Pta UAIICES AIIO SlLICSCIEEli IMPIOYE"ENT
CR MONITOR POT
1
HZ
1"'1' I
ell L t.H IN
24-100
,I J21
10K
CR SELECT
INPUT
5
JH
CR MONITOR OUTPUT
---11----.
fROM MON BRE) 2
181>F
1"'1 'I
4
"'i
4.991:.
c.a
j-
Jl2
CRIIt.¥LIN
~
_
I
L~~~
,--------"'NJ'==~j-1!~:::8::~~
_ _ _ CR_R
, - - I- - - " - '
~
17
CUE BUS SUM AMP
11+181.
lforst Cas .. Input Z : 249.5
O~.s
CUE SPKR
~
FIXED GAlli
~
AMP
3
+30dB
INPUT Z : lOI:
ATT. '" -18.6 dB
CUE SPEAKER POT
PO~ER
'OOllf
""
lUZ616
~~~-1-ji
24-98
10K
fc ., .8 liz
~
-lUI
r-~~~~~2 ItllTE
'"
TO CUE SPEAKER
: !::! ::: :::: ~
.1UF
r-~~~~~t-~~--t~-'19
"08
1/10PF
R08
*
*
81-5066 ASSEMBLY
* - These components installed
-unl
for 81-5066 assembly only.
'.7
."
CONTROL ROOM SECTION
",""OVALS
DATE
J DOMCC.-C."CC
OWCCSCCK---I-j~2-'/2CC4"1C:9=-17
PACIFIC RESEARCH
& ENGINEERING CORPOR
SCHE"ATIC
MONITOR
SIZE
D
IJno
ON
AirWave
BOARD
DRAWING NUMBER
92-964
C
1
4
IQN
B
CR HEADPHONE POWER AMP
t23
-20.6
FIXED
un :
+30dB
INPUT Z • ZOI(
AfT. =
-11.6
dB
- - - - - r ,..: I ~~.
""
TU2616
~U~\'FT
FUNCTION NOTE:
SUM RIGHT
CHANNEL SET
I
UP
-lUI
HIP CONNECTOR
CHANN'L I CR AUOIOC::::.'"TS FOR R140 'NO R141.
:~:O;E ;~~. (6-255)
CR CUE FOR HEADPHONES
~----- '" 'to> :~.
.
,
, "
CR HEADPHONE POT
,.,
3311f
."
*
, "
n
C CO"r--
Al
l
..
,
R112
"-----
NV\~-3
.3
tRHPPHL+
II HI
CR HPPH L
$"~
18
CUEITALK
CR HEADPHONE OUTPUT
.,
"'~".
3.3ZK
"I~ir
..
,
Rl1S
>.--,-------=====~
'-----
NV\r---
"
PACIFI
C RESEARCH
& ENGINEERING CORPOR
REV
92-964
------_c
OF
SHEET
2
4
ION
B
'"
Sf TALKBACK
R125
FROM MON BRD 2
'OO
~~==~I~"'~I'QI--~+~I=-~
'"
Sf fIIONITOR POT
1
~I
n
L LVL 1M
tOUf
.
JI
1<-----'\
~~=:l1'~
.. 1[21}-1--~+
,
,
'"
24-100
11
H
liT
IIIOftL 1"1
10K
1m 1'1-
7.171:
~'f-'----,\
2ZUf
iSY
r.ln
C1t6
ST SELELCT
INPUT
4
,"S
I
JU
ST MONITOR OUTPUT
FROM MON BRD 2
[I~"::';.~n~"~'~.::::-==I~"~'II~"iJ'f----+~II..CC--...J\
,
[I~"~"~"~"~·~-==~I'~..~I~I~·~I--~+11~--"
IJ1l·j
12
/\
JI
10UF
JI
•
JI
•
..
r-
.,21
,
' -_ _ _ ST_L
~_ _ _ _ ST_I
'"
,I
"[STIIOIlItSIlP
19
V+SA
TALKBACK CIRCUITRY
&AIN: "'2.7d.
--+--....---+'-1"f-(---••
re
II
...
'"
m
r ..........
STUDIO SECTION
ION
3
4
DIN CONNECTOR
P6II12IUINL
PG~~
TELCO l
PI
3
_Ne
PI
4
-
IIC
.,'_": Br~
GAIN
-_./\
"
ff
t=====~~~~~~~Et:[:~~~~'~I~-------1
I
=:
1-------.:.=~+,,4:~:
PI
II
~IfC
19
~M(
PI
20
'~'U
TLKBK TO TALENT HIP
.1~r
t=rt'
:--
.111'
;f
'"
I
"
".
~131
~-----.---------~
Ife
¢
".
~
,!
IS
I
i----------='-=~"
"
26~
'~~lOGICPI
211
7.'1'1:
1iIlDa
~
I-----"::...::"'-JI-+::c:-i~ ::
~,
f--
NC
PI
33
r-
1ft
PI
H
4.991(
r---cc:-:=I-c:-:-+,:c,--Ir- "
r-
P'--.-----------~----
__ " "'"
TALENT HIP
NC
c-"
~-------r,,-r"4~1 ~
1----=::...::::+=-'F-iU
.. "
I---===I-+'cc'-if- "
-!8~
AuDIO
PI
PI
"il
:------I
::
V
r--
NC
r-- NC
f-"
I--~,~,"~,~,"~,~.~---I-,,~,~,-if- "
P'~2 OUT R -
PI
49
PI
~2
f--
I-_~==I-I-~-irtALL
MI~I(>
-
rl
54
f---
,I" 1
1
20
'I"I"'''"''"~
Nt
,0<
'"
.,NC
T Al.KBACK SWITCH
HEX CABl.E CONN
:::~:::::: :: L-J
"
I---=~=I-+:cc:-it= ::
I------"~:~I-+.:::.'-i~
fo4
,.---
r-----:==~CT.:o,--I;-
Mt
"
I-------'-'---:-='---:-I-+::::.:-i~ ::
I-_---'-~~:::.:::.I-+.~'-ir69
"
~
Lri"""·'
CUE SU"_SUS:
I
'Ill
L_
_......" " : t=l
r-- NC
r----C==:-::-CT,:c,--I,--- .,
,
(117
lZU'
POWER REGS fOR ANALOG SWITCHES
CR & Sf WARNUG CONN
79
I" ..·""
I-----'-~~'---:-I-+::c:-it= ::
al
I------
r--~~=~CT,:c,--IrHNHtALUR·
PI
~S
116
r-I--
Ne
"
IfC
NC
I---~=~I-+::c:-i~ ::
~_ _~~~~~'~'~r-
"
CR & ST WARNING
1""
I. ""
1ST
YARNING
ION
'"
4
.-~----
4
.'"~'
1I0PF
'"
1$"
IJ, I,
+1
/'----=-----'l"M
10ur
I" I,
)n I,
Thh
g,.o~".. d
+1
..
1''''
,
U74
zoo
connect. to lounting !toLe.
EXT 1 INPUT
1I011nal Input Level" +4dBu
(RLS 1 INPUT)
I
EllI1I1R-
1"
.,,~,
~
.56
,.,F
1
10UF
II" I'
&lDA_'
"
+
1'·"
nUf
I'-___________
'+1IA
/'-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _--"1"
CR
a ~-
r'l I,
+ 1
10UF
I" I'
I" I'
'HlEU
COR
Rf71
1I0P,
2:
I'ul
1
".
zoo
EXT
!
CR DIRECT OUTPUT
(RLS 2 OUTPUT)
..
~'~~~~'~"M
ST
(RLS1)
I
~
+
I'
IJI
&lU_'
'1 ,·1
+ 1
1'·"
,"""_,
.,hz.
SI'DA_'
J:
-I
.-
,.,
'"
'"
~_I""
tlllitun III·
CIIIUL.lCT 111-
..m •
1'----=---;' 'M
I'----"I"M
P---f-----------------+.......,f-"'-----.II_tll_'Ul'I
"
This grourt4 CORnech to loufltingllole.
EXT 2 INPUT
.,,~,
I
UT2nl R-
I'" I·
+1
10UF
/'-_____________'_
..
~~~'~"M
I
UT 2111 R*
I'l IIII I-
+1
l"W
NOTE
NOTE
/'-----------------"I.'M
"
NET "GND" TIES TO NEAREST CHASSIS MOUNTING HOLE.
GROUNDS "GNDA 1" TO "GNDA 9" TIE TOGETHER AT P1 AUDIO COMMON.
PACIFIC RESEARCH & ENGINEERING CORP()R~>/TIC)N
MON 2 I RLS BOARD
V-SA
21
B
. .q
Y.flA
In I·
+
tOUF
In I·
In 11
+
Tht. ,round ~onn .. ct. to lI.unttng
1I.0'n.l Input Ltvel • +4dlu
~oL
I
I
C1Z
f'-_-,-",-DA.=-',-'1' ,~
nUF
••
EXT 3 INPUT
(RLS 3 INPUT)
...~
6110,1,_3
In I·
+
IOU'
In I·
+
fn I·
1z"~
I
I
leGI!
utA_3
ceol!
4.99K
'"
-
EXn_ST
uu
~
.IV'
""'SA
&NU_!
V-SA
22
6U"
J-~.
'_COlt
In I·
+
'OUf
I
UT4U.L+
IJ4 I'
IJ4 I,
+
1z""
I
I
J:'lm l ''''''
'.COIt
'"
A_COli
ST DIRECT OUTPUT
(RLS 1 OUTPUT)
tXT,_t.
Thill ground connecU to Huntin. holo.
1I."n.l Input 1.ev .. l • +4d8u
uoz
EXT 4 INPUT
(RLS 4 INPUT)
I
UT 4 HI It-
I" I'
+
IOU'
I
EXT 4 III It·
I
EIIT 4 11111.'"
I" I·
144 I-
~
.'DF
1&OI'F
+
1z'.~
I
I
1iN0A_'
C"~"
''"~'
tCOli
'"
(_toll
"
JU
s,
SELin e-
4.9911:
J:"I"'I''''''
A COli
4.991t
"
UT4_ST
ION
92-965
SHEET
2
••
5
D
1
f--
2
f--
3
f--
4
~
SIZE
PACIFIC RESEARCH
I
DRAWING NU •• "
D
4-15-1998_14:19
D
&
ENGINEERING CORPORt ION
jD
92-965
ISHEET
Of
3
5
23
DIN CONNECTOR
P&'"
I
I
,-
"UNL
PI
PG"'1ELCOLpl
,
2
PG"2"AINL
PI
3
PG"21£LCOL
PI
~
....
OfL$U"UU$PIS
"''',
I
AUDIOGn
PI
,
rr
r
Mt
rllt
Mt
Me
" J,
R
7
1----:,::,,:;;,,;-;,:;;;..;-] ,..., I'" I-'J
~~D1a
GND
PI
1]
GuDA
I'
-UWPHAlITO"PllorNt
'UVAUDIO
pI
11
-laV AUtlO
lav",uo,o
PI
pI
::
r-~
1-J -~I-------
,
10U'
I
/'-____'1
Plilll/T[lCOLpIISrNC
PGII2/lELCOL
PI
U
PI
17
r
r
>------~,." 1,,18 !
>------1 .. 1"'9 r>------1"·,, 1"20 r
~::I:O:~: :: ::
ASSY ONLY
Me
:
PI
CRWARIIING
1'\
KEEP "UH
ST IlARIUNG
PI
PI
31
)0
32
B
TELCO MIX
~
p
MC
(RLS 7
-d::-
INPUT)
INSTALLED IN 1It0N 2
11
29.r--
CR
TP7
~
GuO ..
ASSY ONLY
-
:::~:::::: ::~
_\2Y LAlli'
180Pf
Nt
~===="=':::"=-':::':::":::'====t=ff===--1t_
t:"-
r-
NC
~-----r.~;-::l:"'~J~~~~l~
AUDIO 6>10
PI
3~
AUDIOGNO
1"
39
A COli
10Uf
INSTALLED IN "ON 2
Mt
MC
.. ;;-r"
> - - - - - - I .. I~'I
>----;;~:;;::;-:-;;::': I,:": I'::
ICOII
L_Cl_StlIl
~
_ _ _ I_CI_SUM
'OUf
INSTALLED IN 1It0N 2
"", .., .. :: /
AUDIOGIIOPI
_48'1''''''"10'' PI
42 t
I
.."
ASSY ONLY
~
"'WAUO,O
PI
43
PI
44
NC
-1
l
ST
(RLS 2)
m~_,
-
.,~,
_sy LOGIC
PIS'
'SWLOGIC
PI
S9
·SV LOGIC
PI
~o
.12~ LAII"
PI
61
CRIIIITEBUS
HilER
PI
PI
63
62
"UTE DIIS
PI
H
P6~1 ~~u R
PI
65
II~S£T
Sf
r---l
INSTALLED IN "ON 2
-.J
r
Nt
AlI~lo
GN~
PI
n
.",., ... ""."
"'" " "r-:;
;: J----.l.---l----Haw AUPIO
PI
-18. AUDIO
PI
-18' AUDIO
1'1
I
~: P-J~
I
_______
.1
_,
''''''_Sf
fO
EXT4_sT_SII
II
nH_ST_$W
Tn_ST
a----;;"I"ItDI
A(T1010
!S
~N~l
U
OPEN_I
EXT!YTYWa_--~~::,::~~:::h
EXTZ_CR
v+~
19
lO
..--r--T
EXT'_CR _ . - ,
tilE/TALK
INSTALLED IN "ON 2
nTil!_cR_U
~
,
---r-r-__
I
EXT3 CR
P&"Z_CI
LOG-Ie
PI
"
~sv
,
__
um::>DV
ASSY ONLY
1-----:-;. ::;;.-:
c::;;;~elSe,: /'' 9: J
.14
CI MUTE
'C<O"'~~"'~.
.12
UTl_H
I
U
tEL_ST
Exfi_CR_t:W
90
S
I::::=::_sv
~---r-~'1
KEEP_ALIVE __- . - . - - _ ,
PI
,
'P~II2_S1_SW
EXT4_ST __--~
12
UH_ST
ST_TLKBK
_ SYLOG-rc
ST WARNING
~--
HI'i!_P_SW
,
9~
EXTZ_sTJiw
EXTZ_ST a _ - - . _
r'"""I' '::"
1 1
KEEP_ALIVE.-_
~
~"I \ ~,
--r---,-
"n
_,
3
EXll_ST - - - - _ : -
1'':;;
~~,-"'
P&"Z_ST 1IrP&"I_ST
P&"'_ST_SW 1 I r - -
'"' ""H
:=====~~~~=============f~~~'~'~"~'~"E"~==~
, '" """H
~
.. . nn_ST
EXT3_ST __- - - :
"'j"
""He,,'" .. ,-"'
"'"
... PI"
AUUo6110
PGII~_ST
,
",'"c,.'''
.. ,-::
P6,,2"AUR
1'167 r
":.:::::: ::
,,-....
U35
t'-~'~'---------j:1=t===:::-11
r
"-""
LOGIC UTE All'"
ASSY ONLY
NC
24
~A
tun
~
trymm
TH __ CR
n::nnrro
~
[~=~r=-~-="='-:"::;;;:;:--------~::-----r-T-
6
P"'-,- _ ~
P"--r--..,
cut.III'"
nUb
""-"'"
v
U_TLUK_SII
CUE_"UTE
ST_"ARtt
~::::::::"-'-=:-_I
tRyun
t-=-,--_~
~
rr"mT
""ult
trlm""m
Jr-,- -
I(lCG II
Trytf"fDlt
ST_"un
n_"Ic_olL
P"'-,--- _ ~
!I""lITr57t
Mt
PROIlED
KEEP ALIVE
_P
TELCO_C.
EXT4_CI
tR MIt OIL
ST_"lC_O/L
mnr ..
..-.-.--~
U--,_
PACIFIC RESEARCH &. ENGINEERING CORP OR
REV
92-965
D
SMEET
4
5
ION
I
A
I
9
I
c
D
.·s~
~~~~~~
1
.·SI
~~t~~t
•
•
~~e~e~ ~
STUDI0iRLS1
SHIM SOCKET
."
TELCO 51
'-2 ISO_O"MS
TELCO_Sf
f---
---1
,.,
,
,
,
,
,
,
SW
~
ffilS'D'W
.
.
Q11
UrOD;?
txT4_Sr_$W
0
.".".,....
'"
.~~
"'"2-.:,.$T
~---1~L
~
[nt_ST
IV
.-So
'"
'"2 nO_OIlM$
P''''_Sf
2
~
~----1~
Sf_MIC_OlL
""
---1~
'"
C
..,
---1q~'
CI1EfTALK_CR
.c
.c
.c
.c
"' -
'"
'"
'"
'"
'"
'"
"n '"
'"
" '"
" '"
" '"
" ,"
" '"
" '"
" '"
""
TEltOlOlX$lI
PGII2lY
1'6112 LtD
I'GII,IW
PGIlI
LtD
"'''_CO
UT4 IV
H14 LtD
un
---1c
.. ,
'"
$.
"2 150_01111$
tXT2LED
UTI
SW
EXT'LU
1'6"2_ClI
·5. L06H
_S. lOliH
L06H GNO
'"
3
,=~ aO_OIlItS-
---1~
-~
-slUP
f---
,.,
sw
P6i'n_e~
$W
~
EX13LU
un
1'611i C~
Q8
2~7002
...,...,....,..
I.
---1~
,
, '"
'"
,.,
" '"
" '"
" '"
" '"
" '"
P&II'_tl
..
·
"n
.'50
.
,
--:::hGUi'""
·----I~
EXT1_CR
" '"
" '"
" - "" '"
" - " '"
" -
- "" '"'"
- " '"
- " '"
- " '"
" '"
'"
- "" '"
'"
'"
- "" '"
- " '"
" '"
- "" '"
- " '"'"
- " '"
- " ,"
- " '"
- " '"
- " ,"
- " '"
EXH_CR
EXTl_CR
'~-I~
no_o""'
j
EXT4_tR U}-
.c
j
"ffJfft.:::OTC II
,<,
tR_MlIrE_cfL
'IE
uu s.
[XU LED
ST_WUN_tTL
...
n
'"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
-~
GNPD
"
to UNIYEltUt. .\liteh boud
UllLU
'"
£ITISV
EIT! LH
·S.LOUt
_5. Loue
LOGlC611D
LOGLe GNO
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
'"
'"
'"
'"
2
'"
'"
'"
'"
'"
'"
'"
'"
'"
,"
'"
'"
'"
'"
'"
'"
'"
'"
'"
'"
'"
r-
_C "
" - "" '"
" - " '"
" - " '"
" - " '"
"
"
,·f
LEt
UTlS.
" '"
"
"
j
r--
Ul)$\I
un
" '"
" '"
" '"
" '"
" '"
.c ."
~-I
,<,
---1L
-
j
j
sfJHC_oit. II
.,
.c
II
CI_WARN_CTL
1'2150_01l11S
EXT1_U
C
fI1
UEP_"'LIVE
...
""2'50_01l"S
.
.c
j
<1lfflrnClT D
.~2
UT:5_C.
"',,-
EXTZ_tll'
--1~!:_
"''''SW
1'6111 LtD
" '"
"
tR_SW
"2~
uno_CR
PGlIlSY
1'&112 lU
··
""
" '"
" '"
" '"
" '"
" '"
" '"
" '"
" '"
" '"
TELCO IIU lU
'"
'"
'"
, '"
'"
'"
'"
m
N~
" '"
" '"
" '"
HltO IIll BY
,
,
~.
nT'
LOG)C6ND
" '"
" - "" '"
" - " '"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
---1
CONTROL ROO"iRLS 2
51"" SOCKET
Ttlco_Cii3 W
_.2 no_o""s ,.,
TtLCO IIU LEO
.
""
EXf1_ST
1lOfUTOTE
KEEP~J.LIVE
".~ 150_0IlftS
EXT2_ST
,.,
u:JffDTC
1-2 1S0_0""S
UT5_Sf
.c
ca_WARII_tTl
f~2 150_DIUIS
r--
'~~
TOfill"DTC
.
EXT4_ST
,",
-.e:=
'"
'"
'"
1
-
-
-
. '"
" '"
3
" '"
" '"
" '"
" '"
" '"
" '"
" '"
." '"'"
" '"
" '"
" '"
" '"
"
r--
'"
to UNIVERSAL switch board
4
4
~I
SUE
PACIFIC RESEARCH & ENGINEERING CORPOR! ION
'RAWI" "U"SER
D
4-1S~1998~ 14
A
I
9
1
c
1
D
:07
92-965
I
SHEET
OF
5
5
r0-
25
B
nuto••
DIN CONIfECTOR
SInAL tATA
ADER REnlEltE III
CUf_OI
pt
f..-
Z f..S
"4
rt
AUDIO "..
1
PI
"
"
5
6
I--
rf-
7
pt
,• rI--
PI
IS'
f..-
f--
PI
n&ITAL RUt
I-~'=:~:~,'=::=:~::='--~,=,~::~~
14
rt
"r-
"
16
PI
17
LOUt ....
Lontlltt
LOUt Sit
+5Y LOIiIC
+5YLOn(
+SY Lone
D.&lTAL lUi' •
"
z, I--
DUIUL IUZDI&ITAl .LiZ
Z2~
nuu
h
II
pt
2a
PI
29
f--
t~··~·~'iAL~'~"~:t~~"~---'T."~,,r-_.KUP_AL[yE
UIiUAL ALSS +
PI
51
f--
tUnAL I U ! -
lS6U
PI
"II--
.."'
~"y AutIO
-nSrE" RESET
J2
,
,"""PER
n*,
'"
•, f-f--
h
.1~5 t,'t'
.'Js
. ~II~ .
'"
"""PEl
"
"
I--
USUAL ILS4 -
..
.."
UiITAL ILS4 SHIELD .14
.."
l-46 I-45
"
"47}--------'nUEII_IUEl
,
,
'"
•, I-I--- h
'1-
.33
tl~'
.'I,
"
" • I-
DllnAl RU4 +
I-~~~~--~,~,~::~~
PI
"
"
"
~~~~~--~P~'~~~'~
~16V AU"IO
"
DraITn flU SHIELD J5
3S
4Z
I--
DUtrAl IUS +
USITAL ILIS-
He
"
54
I--
51
".
,
+5V
60
LOSlt
+IZV LAIIP
HIlIl REUT
PI 6t I-PI 6Z I-I--
til .UTE In
PI
65
$T .UTE IUS
.,
64
I--
SHIELD
.,
66
f--
.
'I~
nUTAL RLS6 "
DI&ITALRLS6-
..
...
DI&ITAL 1LS6 SHIELD ,16
"
"
"
1-"="="~'=·A:",':=:=fO"I:'::":"::"=i·f.',=,+"::::'-l~
".3 01
PI
69
r--
•,
70
r--
I--- h
,• I--
.53 tl~D
,-II-
.3S
~
1S7
...m
• I---
.3S
'1'1-
,
r-~'=:::.:::.=P=::=:;=::.::'~~+..::~~==
AUDIO
-16' AUDIO
UIITAL IU7 +
UIiITAL IU7
.,.,.,
76;--
,1
7. '--
".
'19-
It
Pt
q;..-
"
"'
P1
11,...-
..,
&2
"
13-
~
nSlTALIU7 SNIELD
"77 '--
, ...&1 STAIT EVA.LE
"'-'1.--
U5
J ~rt>t:
10K
.
6
SH.'
,1U"PEI
....I .~
'" ~>
JU"PER
J...~
10K
• I---
26
IM75179
YS*'
ulia
~IL"_STIt"
~
R6.
JUIIPEI
,
'"
•, f-I---
-I-
$1175179
p:~-EJ>+-""-""
{>t." I
.s>
'1-
.. ,
.lUltPER
ILI_OUT,.:5
6
51.1
"
5,.,
• f--
J7
J7
n
J7
J7
"
,
., h
...-
tOllECTED TO IIDUlnNI lOll
~
-
~~D
,
c~'
.35 U6
.s>
JUIIPU
1'1 • •
.~11f , ~
'"
.,
JUIWEIT
tl~7 ..
1t64*
,
, ."
"i~
, .
",
,
:
"
.....
-=
I
, ..
·
- •.
•
T8
.'J,
.62
~-;~~~~~~:~~
-16Y
• r-. SII75179
nt,
:l :.~ ~ >r---IL,,_m.
r--===~~~~+..::n'-l~
PI
.,.
.,r
,,,... ""
,l>'r--- ILS2_SUft
'-[::t
JUMfR
'"
I--- ~~2
" •, I--
"
"
"
"
11.
",i.
DUIUL IUS ,"lEU JS
"
h
~~~~~--~~'~911
+5V LOSlt
~
lu"PEI
• I---
" •
"
• ,,1115179
.
,IU",lIt
...
" 53t-
52
'-[::t
.m.
". ,1>r--- IUS_STtlt
... ~
r--vY.Y... ~
~--~=-----~~.~.rIt
49 I--
I---~~----~,~,~:~:~
.,
.....
-1. ,
.....
...
"fS
54 I-I--'~A-"~'~.~"-"~~P~'~'~'r­
PI 3' I-PI 37 i-PI :sal---PI 39 I-AunO'"D
"
a ........ '"75179
Tt* •
m
• I" .1--
"
2,,'
$TIiIAIttI'"
.m, "4-,
". ,~ r---ILst_STt"
,Iu"pn
" • I"
"
"
"PI "
h
Z411
PI
+IZV LAM
.'[,
JUfU>ER
m
r-
zo
25
t,'.' '
I--
pt
"
.33
f-
"II---~~----~,=,~,.~IPI
'"
I" •,I" , f-"
"
"
"
f0-
pt
,
"
" :~
DIUTAL RUt SHIELO H
I-~::~:~:~::~:~::~~p~,+;::~~
-16Y A"Dto
+
U&UAl RLS1 -
,
1I,.,_outz a-
:1>-r----
rr>i:
~--~~--~~+;::~~
.. I
51.1
51-t
I
-
"UIIPfl
"~::"9
. ~
(IZ" .
RLS7_STlII
.
1
•
.,., Slll£LD
.,
Dun
R66.
n
"' i'
.'J,
_LaOtln.
ILS_Ollft -
ILS
t
' ,.
IUIIPER
-
--
-
·,, "..."
·•• ""
ILS ourz +
IILS_OUTZ
~
.,
.,.,
ILS_OUTZ salELD
r
3.
.. f-
Z..
1.
~~L~"~"~"~'--~~~::~R
+5W LOne
+5Y LO'IC
+5V LOnt
+12Y LAIIP
Sf IIIt
OIL
.
PI
"
..,
f4 ~
9S f--
..,
Pi
A""'ItOVM,S
COMPONENTS NOT POPULATED
ALL CAPACITORS ARE IN MICROFARADS
ALL RESISTORS ARE
NOTES:
: :R
" r-
* =
.111, 12:, 0805 S .. T
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
DAlE
L. Stanten
PACIFIC RESEARCH & ENGINEERING CORPORATION
2SEPT98
9S
RLS, DIGITAL, DWAVE
r-11-0.
tyPICAL POIIER COlMEtTlOI
---+-----1
SIZE
D
DRAWIN' NUMBER
92-1012
SHEET
UIU ON
B
DVave
Of
1
2
B
Y+SD
+--I-~-+-1-t-+-
___ -.m:m
__
+-+-~-+-1-t-
~+-+-~~
t-1-~-+-1-t-1-
___ -.rn::.m
t-4--+-+-__
t--+--+--. .........
~-r-t-~--~
~
t--+-+-___ -.rn::.m
-r---nn:...
r-----fttl.:."1
I-r---~
r----.m:m
'--
,.~
'"
SI .... SOCKET
,
nun.I'_LiD?
SELECTOI1_Slf6
SELECTOn LEU
-.m:m
Sl'L'_Lnt
lfil:JW
IELt_LEDi
UU_LfDZ
SELt_LEU
SELf_LED!
-.rn::.m
-.m::m
-.rn::.m
-.m::m
-.m:m
u,
IElt_LEU
SEL'_LED4-
SElt_LEOS
ULt_Un
IELt_LEU
SlLt_LU'
IElt_i.E'7
ULt_LfD7
;m:m
SELZ_LP1
SEU_LED'
mryvI
nU_Lfoz
SlLZ_LU2
nn:m
=
>rn:m
=
~
L
SILt_LID'
SELZ_LEU
UU_LU:S
SEll_LEU
IEU_LEt4
SEU_LEU
UU_LEn
Sill_LED6
ULZ_LfD6
SElZ_lEII7
SELZ_LED'?
.~
"
2~
RU4_STlII
IUS_Sflll
IU6_SU:1I
exnnL tLS rp".
21-195-3
vec,
,
.
4-
J12
S
J12
.,
PloaE A
Zl~
yeu
12
NU
n
It'
t----+-------+.-=-j
..,
SELECTOn_LEO]
SELECTOI'_SV2
SELECTOn_LEOZ
SELEtTOI'_St"
U
'"
:: =1-"::'*..::,+------1
lit
_
2Z
ItO
lit
_
z:s
"0
50
S1
L
'~
'~
L
'~
=I-',;;',*-~------I
..~
=1-',::,+,::tO~----~
L
21f~
-
ItO
-
JIG
-
,to
=I-;;--I-:-;;;jl-----~
L
-39
_1-'.::,*,,::,+------1
...
J
'"
".
".
•
It,
SELEtTOIZ_LEt,"
,
It,
IELlItTOIZ_,V]
10
1t1
SELEtTOIZ_LEt]
11
It,
IELEUOIZ_SVZ
t2
111
SELEtTOIZ_LUZ
15
,Itt
IELECYOI2 ,V1
L--~'~'+.:::r--~'~"~L'7."~'--~
-r.t=
f-::+.:-":+---:=:-:-::=--1
&I.-D
::
=~,::,*::r-----~
-21
_~,~,+':::r----------~
-23
'"
'"
-
2411'
-
as
n,
=1-'2;;,~~--------4
-~EI-----~
=1-;,::-1,-=t-------j
'"
=r:~;~~----------~
_ss
_I-;;-t-:;-;-t------;
11'
,,,
...
'"
=1-;;-b.1-----~
L
=I-'.~.+,~,,+---------~
-
-
=r..~,~~--------~
=17.-EI----4
-f-;-;-b.I-----~
=B3-----l
=i-::-Et------;
:: =~+.:~-----,
:: =~*::I-'-----'
~r
SEunOIZ_LEt'
SELEnOlZ_LU'
:: =~~I-';;.;t--------!
1 NS711
6111
SELEtTOIZ_SV4
"" -_1-'.;O,~,,:;:o+------1
HtU
SEunOIl_SV6
U"LEtT012_SVS
L
.~
SOCKET
SELlC-IUi_IV7
SELEno,z_LED?
SEunotZ_LU6
L
'~
Nt
'"
L
:: =~*..::o+------1
:: =I-',:;,-E,,~,t------l
It
u
" _1-',::,*,,::,+------1
&IIDt
Nttt
SELECTOn LEU
.~~~~-----,
.,
"
If"t
110
'~
SELEtT0I1_Sl14
SELEtTOI'_SVS
L
to
NC!
SELECTOI1_SlIS
Lf-:=+=+----,-:,:~__!
RLSl_STIIi
25
ltO
SELECTOI'_LE04
,so
L
A40"XZDZ
HO
R7
flSZ_STlII
"
"
,.""
'"
S
1
SELECTOn_LEOS
I
L
Rut_Inl!
IU7_stl"
.
51 .. "
,
-,
'--
ULECTOI1_""
z no
___ ;m:m
t-+-1--r-+-r---~
~+--t-1-t--'$iL~$WS
~
=B3-----l
-_~,~,+.:::r----------~
:: =I-',;;,-E,,~.t------l
_
S4
110
=r'~'_E,,~,t-----------I
It
-
SS
110
-
SS
It
_
Ita
-
56
I.e
_
S7
UO
-
60
110
=f-;-;-b.I-----~
_
61
62
Ita
110
=I-::-Et------I
It
-_1-',~,+':,,::ot----------1
::
Itt
It,
=r';';'_E~-----~
Ie
_
110
-63
It
_
Ita
-'-=-l..:.:.:..t._ _ _---'
PACIFIC RESEARCH & ENGINEERING CORPORATION
92-1012
SHEET
B
2
Of
2
27
A
I
c
B
D
IREVISIONS
REV
IECO #
J APPROVAL
IDATE
I DESCRIPTION
I
I
1
1
c---
"ON" I
"TLKBK" SWITCH
I
~
.-e=::L
4
I
IION
switch 25-858 RED
"TLKBK" switch 25-860 WHITE
II
3
0
--
21
I
51 L_
II
-- -
-
~
2
2
FLEX CABLE CONN
ON/TLKBK SWCH
ON/TLKBK LAMP
+5V LOGIC
LOGIC GND
c---
OF F SWITCH
OFF LAMP
Jl
1
Jl
2
Jl
3
J1
4
J1
5
Jl
6
"OFF" SWITCH
I
---
c---
I
S2
from Main board
3
L
____
~
3
NOTES: PCB is singLe sided.
Widest possibLe
When assenbLing
When assembLing
a nd part of pcb
traces with 12miL spacing
"ON/OFF" switch board ( 95-969) S1 is a 25-858.
"TaLkback" switch board ( 95-970) S1 is a 25-860
with S2 is discarded ( breakaway).
c---
-.
APPROVALS
J
DOMBROWSKI
DATE
PACIFIC RES EARCH & ENGINEERING CORPORATION
12/5/96
------
SCHEMATIC
ON/OFF/ TLKBK SWCH BRD
4
4
SIZE
DRAWING NUMBER
92-969
8
--._-_..
A
I
B
__ ._._---
.
USED ON
AirWave
C
REV
12-13-1996 14:44
I SHEET
A
OF
1
D
1
28
-
A
1
1
I
,,'
L
IDESCRIPTION
(;,:,
II
>~14
16
~-D~]
__
P1
33
r--- NC
P1
34
r--- NC
P1
35
r--- Nt
P1
36
r--- Nt
P1
37
r--- Nt
P1
38
r--- Nt
P1
39
-Nt
P1
40
-Nt
P1
41
~Nt
P1
42
r - Nt
P1
43
r - Nt
P1
44
r - Nt
P1
45
r - Nt
P1
46
r - NC
P1
47
r - NC
P1
48
r - Nt
P1
49
r - NC
P1
50
r - Nt
P1
51
-Nt
P1
52
r - Nt
P1
53
r - Nt
P1
54
r - Nt
P1
55
r-Nt
I
P1
56
r - Nt
~
P1
57
r - Nt
P1
58
r - Nt
P1
59
, - Nt
~
PCB EDGE CONN
P1
SWITCH 1
P1
LED 1
P1
SWITCH 2
1
2
3
SWITCH 3
P1
5
LED 3
P1
6
P1
SWITCH 4
P1
LED 4
P1
SWITCH 5
LED 5
2
D
P1
P1
SWITCH 6
8
10
11
12
SWITCH 7
P1
13
P1
P1
+5V LOGIC
P1
16
P1
17
I
.-
18
~______________-+_P1__~1_9~r---
Nt
~______________-+_P1__~2_0~r---
Nt
~
1
S4 L
_ .__ _
~______________-+_P1__~2_1~r--- Nt
P1
3
22
r---
..
NC
~______________-+P_1__~2_3~r---
NC
~______________-+_P1__~2_4~r---
Nt
~______________-+_P1__~2_5~r---
NC
~______________-+_P1__~2_6__ r -
NC
~______________-+_P1__~2_7~r---
Nt
~______________-+_P1__~2_8~r---
NC
P1
29
r---
NC
P1
30
r---
NC
P1
31
r-
NC
P1
32
r-
NC
I
S5
L
~
___
l
-
~
1
-
2
'---_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~-~2~1
..cL
Jl
O-.~11_44_~
~JI
51
16
S6_~ ~_~-).-:3
'--_________-+__
1
4
L -____________________________
~--~2~1
5
S7
APPROVALS
J DOMBROWSKI
:=C. . I
1215/9 6
I
II
1
(~::n
L
__
60
r - Nt
61
r - Nt
P1
62
r - Nt
P1
63
r--- Nt
P1
64
r - Nt
3
~
PACIFIC RESEARCH & ENGINEERING CORPORATION
SCHEMATIC
N/FTLKBA SBWFCHRSD1AKD
I.
4
()~
L -_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
SIZE
a
'-1'---_-'
DRAWING NUMBER
...J .
AirWave
c
REV
92-960
D
6
USED ON
B
DATE
__
- ..
1
P1
P1
I--
NOTES: PCB is single sid ed.
1---1
froll Main board
A
I APPROVAL
I
-,
15
LOGIC GND
P1
-
14
+5V LOGIC
LOGIC GND
..
9
P1
LED 7
I
7
LED 6
IDATE
I
(>
51
1
IREVISIONS
REV
IEtO #
1
21
S IMP!
I
C
B
12-14-1996 14:07
-
ISHEET
A
OF
1
--
D
1
29
I
1
I
'-':5-9~
-H.ad&u Noa.
+'"
I.. stanton
(+S.2dSu"FS)
(4Vpp"fS)
-
-
,
II UNL
S
P1
GliAItD_A'ND
,-----------'1'
3D
Pl
!;IIARD AIiND
31
J>,
'liARD AIiND
YA..
AlMlt
4.1l9K.U
~
-
S
51
1'1
GUARD DIiNO
fS
P1
521---
i.t--
30
C16
.~4~
!;.-, nC
64,S
;>15Sr--
+'"
56
1>1
IiUARD OSND
57
1>1
GIiARD DIiItD
JL
180pr
IiN~
OP2l5
(:33
RZt
+ \---""-"-4
."+
"
.
SS"24Q4
P1
39
1>1
40
r-
r-
~~..!.!-Y+1ZA
:--
1&
P1
G.IIARD_106/l1)
'---
19
1'1
GUARD_AS"D
GUARD AIiND
o---;!:O
P1
...--
21
1>1
GIiARD AIiND
..--
Z2
Pl
1i1lARD_ASND
POWER AND GROUND
CONNECTION FOR U3
4.
~UDIO
LEVELS ANP PHASES ARE
TYPICAL FOR ALL CHANNELS
3. "IN"II" DESIGNATES PHASE INVERSION OF THE SIGNAL
2. CAPACITORS VALUES ARE IN
~ICROFARADS.
1. ItlS1STORS ARE 1/10w, 11.
NOTES:
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
..
~~--,-,---r.-,,-,--,--------------------~Qf7--~-4
I-L_, STANTON 17JUL98
PACIFIC RESEARCH &
ENQNEERINCCORPORATION
4
AlB D1FF INPUT,
AID CONVERTER SIHH, DWAVE
f-.
' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - . - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ~~.---"------_ _ _~A_ _ _ _ _----LI_ _ _ _ _----=B~_ _ _ ~. __ . ___ __'___I _ _ _ _ _____"_c_ _ _ _
"~'
I..··'" """''
9 2 - 10 0 1
Is
~·-:======1=====l~~L------------11"~""'''--~··''~----L-~
L
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _4 -_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~_ _ _ _ 1
_ _ _ _ _1_ _ _ _ _ _ _~
UI". _
OM_ _ _ _
99-1004-1
--'-1______
- - " - D_ _ _ _ _- - '
I
I
I
EVISIO'"
IREv
PI
5
GUUt_AUD
PI
4
GUAU_,\UO
1"'
S
A IN . . .
.. ,
to
PI
7
iUAn UIIO
1'1
a f--
'UAU "'liD
PI
\I
GUUD AU"
PI
'0
GUARD .uNO
1'1
13
cu"n
'U.
'UAU .uNO
-
f--
ff-
-----l
47
PI
------1
U
PI
I
PI
14
PI
IS
f-
~
so
PI
I-I-I--
f----f
SI
PI
f-f--
r-----I
r-----I
PI
"
B IN I -
nU."'II.
"
PI
17
1&
'UUt AUD
1"
19
GUUO "U"
PI
20
,"liARD A'N'
1'1
21
&liARD AU"
"
22
TO_TlIIt POT L
PI
23
6UUO AUO
PI
24
'UARD_AUD
PI
23
TO Till" POT.
1"
26
GUARD_AGNt
1'1
27
&UUO_,"lft
PI
21
PI
20
/I
ff---
f-I--
B IN . . .
co
f-f--
nAU_A"'"
'UARD .GND
'VARD .GIIO
FS2S6
60"ID DUD
FS
l-I--
I PI I 49 r- NC
GUUD_"' ••
PI
55
PI
GOUt_D'ItD
54
"
GUARD .GIIO
52
11
f-
I-I-I--
NC
GUARD_"6HD
,UUD_"' .. O
PI
SO
'OUt_AU"
PI
31i---
PI
32
PI
55
1'1
54
,+1,"
I-I-I--
PI
55
f-
V+f6,\
PI
36
,-I6A
PI
37
V-I'"
PI
58
-RESET
PI
39
-RESET
PI
40
t-
$UTA
~
U
~
__________________-,
I ,. I " I
e-'-'-------------""-•...!."''''------------------,
Tlt-;-
14
1
G~~~
FOR SRC BYPASS OPERATION
I
f--
I-I-I--
$Ie
r2
~~+--_L+-'~'~~,~,-------------T-------1-+-------~"~·'~--~
ffI-I--
~~_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _£"~'~'~"~'
1--------""'-1 ~2
GU"I. "6ND
INSTALL WIRE JUMPER
ACROSS E1 AND E2
'L
I" I" fI" I" f-
I
L--------..J--------"...j A'
IX SUlA
-
y!
f...!!"'----------------------I--------_
~:: ~ ::~
~---I~---'...j
... ' T"t-'L-,"- - - -
f2
I
I
BIT CL.OCK POL.ARITY
INPUT DATA SAI'IPL.ED ON fAL.L.ING EDGE
OUTPUT DATA VAIL.D ON FAL.L.ING EDGE
22Uf
I-----.r-'
31
"'+So,
V+5D'
SPARES
2. Capacitor values are in microfarads
1. Resistors are 1/1DW, 1%.
Notes:
DATE
" ..... OVALS
J"'
_. OOJIIIBROWSKI
x/x/98
~
Unless otherwise specified
PACIFIC RESEARCH & ENGINEERING CORPORATION
DIGITAL INPUT BOARD, SIM
-... -_~-_~~~~~~~~-~~----~~1TSI~ZD'E--r.I'~R..Awnl.."G'"'"U~....E~R-------------------------..
~"~'-A--1
I
92-1002
OF
uuo
I
B
I
I
ON
DWave
A
EXTERNAL LOGIC CONNECTOR
1"1"1-EXTERNAL LOGIC CONNECTOR
I'H
!16!J1 !
11 )1
J1
32
t
114 1J1 I
r
18lp1 ]
6ND-D
"
lJI7002
"""ItOVoUS
L. Stal"ltol"l
DATE
PACIFIC RESEARCH & ENGINEERING CORPORATION
13J11N99
LOGIC INTERFACE, DUAL, DWAVE
SIZE
----+-----j
D
DRAWING NUMBER
92 -1003
SHEET
1
REUI S IONS
F£U
+8
RI2
Rli
1.9SK
RI5
19.5K
b
RIB
+8 -::-: 715n.
+8
21'
_ 2
CAl
RII>
I.S6K
6
8
)1
>'~-"'RIli17\-~-=i"':
CR2
~r---:LI ! 2
I'~"='
Q21 'f'-
R20
15.11K
~
3.ISK,.tX
C21
.1
R58
1011,57.
10
UDO
OSC
l!
UIB
CD1868
~
I
8
RIJSS
DSS
2
3-
~ CI
I
I
-: 68pF.I. I
L _ _ _ '::...I
75n.
~
-:
rs
6
R22
U3tD
L-_1~.~9S1<~_~...:9~u
8
TEST POINT
"CLK"
-0
I 16 RN2 I
I
+5
+5
~
ASI
18K
SEG
SEG
139
8Kl1u
~
3
CI7
R16
,.-
IBuF
CI8
R6t
I
?Sn.
A18
18K
R29
18K
...----..:S:.tHOLD
R5 '----,
RS
10K
r--10 RHI 7
18K
-:
1
~i--­
11
~
~
~
1-9
,'-I,
13
r2-
'12
I--t1
r2-1
S-
~
~
I-s
I-
t--'-
I-I g
~
3
~
11
f ,
~
9
l-
'1
5
f---s
f--
,,
13
f-r2
I-I I-ter-uI-s
I-
AS1
Q8
~
~I_--+-f-+++-h
i -
R8""
I
2 RN3 IS Q9
R9 ...I
LIS_____________
I Ii RN3 3
I
I
-
AN3
~
NJII'SU'IS
1
-* --i
- - - - - - L9 RH " 8
7 RH"10
'I~RNS-I - -2 RN5
1s- ~3-
-
IL-_ _ _ _ _ _-I~I--+-..J
AQUI
3
I
I
121--If--..J
"81_-1----'
1--1---1-_ _-'
~
QlI...I
Q12'
I 1--1-----'
~1--4-----=:::jr--r------t--------~-----1
-QI3-/
- - - II
Qli
-11- - Q15
- i
i
- - - -
II
i
~~y-~~~-~
~
I--
ISI--I~--------+-------+---------+---------lf----------+------------'
l-
13f---l:----------f-------+---------f---------i1----------.l
Ir11-
RH3
9
Q18
~10- - - 7 - - 8 -RH3
- - - - 12 RH3 5
6 RH3 11
QI9 ; - - - - - - '
\-'I;RN5-7 - -8 fINS -s -
I--
F~91~~========~=====~========~========~--------~
~I~R~" _1 __2 ~~ .!.S__ ~7i
AS5
W---I-------!-W:;========ftt;=======:q~;:::======~tt:;_------I
i
-Q20i
1-31
~~~I2W II
rT
I----------+-------I---------..J
I-5 1----------1--------'
US
!-zi~==================-::---~l ~
~U7
2
U8
3
~ CA3
2
AS6
75n.
3
171_---------------------------+------------~---+~----------~----+_------1
I-
+U
~r----------------J
R~
AS3
i~80uF ti~8uF
C1
1800uF
R3l
Ui
2.2n. IU
+13V~I-~----------------~-2~.~2Vn.~I-W~-2~·V2n.~IW~~~~~--~
~
~
1
L~=============================l====~==~==t:======~~r=-==-=-=-=~~~r---------------------~L--+I____~
______~----~----....J
R68
?Sn.
f3"1_-----'
GHD
8 RNI 9
@-l8K-:!:IBKL--------- -
AS9
?Sn.
~
~
f,!!..
331---+-'-I-++-H-1---H-+-.
r - - - - - - - - - - - ...,
'""-,--,"",,,--:-r....J
38
20 1 35
RSS
75n.
~
I-I
I ,
3"
f-------------i
RH3
SEG G1-=2::2'--_ _..J
D. P. 1-=2::1_ _ _-'
DIGIT 11
~57
{#
~
~
~
I-~I--'-~H-+-I-+++--Hh
-------------i
'-~2~~ ~ _! ~~ ~I_ ~7__ R,? i
-b
?Sn.
, I
I-teI-fl-
,2.
L~I-++-I-++-++-H-I---++-I-'----------'
QS
DIGIT S lot
~1:;-RN5-3 - -" RNS
DIGIT 7 13
~ - - - - - - 12
12 RHS 5
S RN5
DIGIT 8~\-'
- - - S - - 6 -RNi
II
12RHi
DIGIT 9 F ~ - - - - - - -
RESET
R19
A38
1111<
6
~
P
.-!.
R2
Q5
DIGIT10~
R28
Q2
ot RNI 13
DIGIT 3 IS
DIGIT"
DIGIT 5 IS
+5
R27
18K
"RN2 13
7 RN2 10
MCS8HC705C8
18
DIGIT 2 17
,--2
51
I-s
f-T
'-f"-s
13
I-I I-lf-
JI
~-------------i
ESE ALERT B
DIGIT I 19
....-----'7-!5TRRT
~11-r--'VV'or--j+U
'-I I-te
2
"3
DSI
052
TO
r---I"RHI 3
~
SEG F ~2~3_ _....I
UI
..-=
E
..:!
3~
+5
I
. - - - 9 RH2 8
SEG EI-=2:..:ot_ _..J
...----3:::"~STOP
R13 ~
1.87K
A~
SEG{)~
~IRQ
U3/A
I u
2
Q23
2N2222
A15
13.2K
R1l
1B.2K
R21 ~ OSC I
18K,.E TCMP
U318
~~_4--I~&:~F~~I~8K~-~{'~~~
:'
1
u
13
'12
I-u
053
DS1
r--~s~~ ~ _ ] ~~ ~5_ ~"- _R~ i~LL~H+H+H-+++--l~---------'
- f-4-+~H-+-I-+++--h
B~
SEGC~
+5
A25
18K
10
.
RI
~--~2~~ ~ = ~ ~~ ~I= ~3= =R~ ~
R52
i3.2K
U31E
,.J.,
QI~ 22n.1/2J.I I
2H3638R
~-------------i
...----1" RH2 3
U3/F
A17
,,
DSS
:----2-~~5~----:
R23
7.87K
R12
7.87K
STANTON
S
12
TIPI~!
I
RI8
2.1111< ,.IX
Rll
28JANS1
16
R26
1.9SK
In.l/2U
C8
.1
U21R
13MAR91
SOCT92
+8
R21
l~pF
E 3383 REVISED fIND REDRRIIH
F 3511 SEE ECO
6 3683 SEE ECO
+8
,.--
18
l~iJ
Cll
RI3
715n.
DESCRJPTIOH
H 1813 SCHEMATIC CORRECTIOHS
RIS
IS.6K
"'.32K,.1r.
EtO
1
'T
E?
C27
.1
R35
IBK
C22
.1
4-------------~----~----~----~--_4-------.....I
U5
~
+8
~r---QA33
261n.
C7
•1
A3i
1.5K
-'-
r·
!cs
t
I
R36
18K
R37
18K
L-_'__ _ _'--_~_
r-~--~~r_----------------------+_--------~--_+----------~--_+---------.....I
.J,.
Ir---~~r_-------------------------....I~--------------~-----------------..J
RIB80N CABLE
_'__ _ _ _ __ _ '
1-
CONNECTOR
_UALS
DATE
10117195
~ PACIFIC
CIECICED
i.FOR
3.ALL
2.ALL
I.ALL
NOTES
PCA SEE DRAWIHG 95-895 LATEST REV •
DIODES ARE INSli8.
CAPACITORS ARE MEASURED 1101 MICROFARADS.
RESISTORS ARE I/iW, I?.
.UHLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
RESEARCH
& EHGIHEER1NG CORP
SCHEMATIC
MICRO CLOCK/TIMER
~-------=§~~~--------_l·~1
USED ON
APPLICATION
I. . ."·
No.
92-895
SHEET 1 OF I
EvrSIONS
EV
CO ,
3
DIN CONNECTOR
?
r---~~~~~~,~t= :~
P""~
"AI. l
PI
3
f----.
.
) -.....m
.~-.l:J. .
..
NC
r---~~~~~~,~t= :~
DESCRIPTION
8
liTE
PCB ANI> SILKSCREEN CHAN6ES
APPROVU
21Z8/97 J. DOMBROWSU
REMOTE TIMER CONNECTOR
"".
;r:. -r,_~-i:tt.tn~
...""'''~.""''""..,
(
y~
::
::
~--~~~~~~::~t= ::
n
RUET$HIIT'"R(O""OIl
r-----~~~~~,~t=
r-----~~~~~~
r------'-"="+~.::::-t
r------'-"="+~~::~t=
r---~~~~,~.~::~t=
TIMER CONNECTOR
::
::
TIMER RESET BUS
"
TI.
'p'-.......-------------------'
r---,l
TI.
l
'".
~t··
:;
,,,,_~~~----------1
r---------~,~.~. ~~ :~
PI
lO
f----.
r---------~,~.~,,~t=
1_'-
::
SIHM SOCKET
UllERY
"AA"
..
BACK UP
n
,
'-----r-.~r.;;;-;;;----
~'F'~m~
"IIA"
s~m::tJ~====Ft--~~-L§J;;:I _-J-_........-~f.____~7~;·)
,I, """3":::;'
\ .•
f--..
~VV~~
'"
r-----~~"+~~::~t= :~
P1
33
PI
H
P1
PI
PI
l-
:~
=f--c+-~---------
.J.- ":~
-I--o.+-cct--------i
= r.cct-;;t-----------1
HC
n
f----.
f----.
IiC
3'
t---
NC
37
\.-
NC
NC
t-vv'v/' ---
::
~----~~=+~.::~~~ ::
"'
r-----~~"+~.:::~t= ::
r------=~~~.::::~t=
'"
r---~~~"+~.::.,~~
GN"~
NC
r-----~~"+~.::,,~t= :~
n
-
J3
:: =~~~:::~~:::::::::::::::::::::::::::~
f----------+~~~
p, n l- "'
IiC
~----~.::.::-+~~::-t=
Ie> Meter He>"5Ing
MC
::
~--~~.::.::-+~~::~t= :~
r---~~~~~.::::-t=
::
:~
=r.c+-~--------__J
""
-_J-;;t-rt1---------------j
"'
_ r.c;t-rt1----------.J
:~
""
"
lOt
34
=
r.c;t-;;t---------__J
_Gct-rt1-----------1
_r.c;+-~----------j
_
35
J3
:: =r.c,,;+-,~,~--------~
:: =r.c;+-~--------__J
.,
.. "'
r---~~~~~.::::~t= ::
63
1---
r---~~~~~.::-~
:~
NC
""
~--~~~~~~"~~ "'
PG"2 TEL'O R
PI
68
f----.
r-----~~"+~~:~t=
r-----~~"+~~:~t=
f----.
r---~~~=+~~,,~~
n
:: =~~~:::;~:::::::::::::::::::::::::::~
::
::
"'
NC
::
=r.c;+-;-;i----------j
:~
=r.cct-;;t-----------j
""
-_r.cct-;;t-----------j
"
_ r.c;i-;-;i-----------i
"
_ r.c;t-;-;i----------
MC
_
""
_hct-;;t-----------j
" _J-i.t-nt----------
::
r---~~~~~~::~~ ::
r----=~~~~~:~t= ::
NC
""" . ,,::S
~~R""
r-----~~~~~::~~ :~
~----~~~~.::"~~ "'
:~
"" _h;t-;-;i----------
::
I--
r.c;t-;-;i----------
-_.t-;:;t-;-;i----------
:~ =~~+---------­
NC
r-----~~"+~~::~t= :~
~-----'-"="+~~::-t=
r---~~~~~~::~t=
r---~~~~~.::::~t=
=
-
59
6l
J3
U
Me
_
(,3
U
Ne
_
64
J3
te> UNIVERSAL ,whch board
APPROYAL:;':---';";,,:;c,,;----T7""""':--------------------------------------l
______________<_'_EP_All VE
J OO"BROWI(SI
.... -
I1" I1
.,"
nUF
PACIFIC RESEARCH & ENGINEERING CORPORATION
1215/96
~
_-.L
~l
TIMER CONTROL BOARD
SIZE
()R!IIWIN6 NUMBER!
92-960
D
5-1-1997_'5:45
B
SHEET
1
B
V.51
"'... FO. ".
oz.
,,1 "
,------------------'"
.-------------------11 '"
. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - '"
I'm
,o.
'''0.
::
~
y .. ,.
1.55"
".
LU revEl
LOUtUD
L.l,I$UD
" ,
"
"
" •
" ,
"
" •
"
"
t
"t
UDlSl"'.D •••
DISPLAY IEUAL .... TA 1
DUPLAY SEllAL UTA Z
unu,yyur,p"
-"'''ZlP''''
·SV$TE" tESET
·
·
·
g
'"
ANOtES
,•• 1--"'-------- ...
111: 11
.SY Lone
,
.
MC68HC705C8ACFN
('-_ _ _-..!,'::{tmT
Z 1m
22-54-1
"
1--"'--------- '"
1--"'--------- '"
,.,1--"'-------- '"
, •• f...!.!'--------_
"
'"'1-"'--------_ ..,
'-------------11
' -_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _.. .,I0Il15
. 14
'----------------11
At'l
'---------------_
'-______________
----11
"Dn
AD"
'-___________________ ""0
V+5D
'------------------11'"
'------------------......
! ' - - - - - t - - t - , - - - - - - - - - - - - - - . , - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ! - - - - - - - - - - - -----------------------11.
"INTEW
TO PASE Z, ZONE U
35
Lit_loll'
3
CAPACITORS ARE IN MICROFARADS
2. RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS
1. ALL RESISTORS ARE 1/4W, 5%
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED:
3.
"
APPROVALS
DATE
PAOFIC RESEARCH & ENGINEERING CORPORATION
L. STANTON
SCHEMATIC
BARGRAPH METER BOARD, DWAVE
SHE
tRAin Nii NlIMBE'R
92-1011
D
SHEET
USED ON
A
B
I)WAYE
\-15-1999_16:34
1
OF
2
4
B
CH 1
CH 2
1.[0:171
,.
,.
"
".
c..
..
AU
,."
~~'''''
CH 3
'"
CH 4
."."
..
".
.
,.
,
'
'"
".
"
"
..
.."
"
"
"
"
"
"
,.
,.
"
.."
AS
..
"
,-----!!-
,
"
".
"
..
'"
".
,.
..
..
."
"
II)
w
<>
'"
,,~~
"
.....
"s
o
UDII258SA
"
."
"
,.
.
"~,
n
W
..J
~~
"
.
,
flOIl PAU t, tOftE Ct_
<>
'"
"
"
z
c
.
.......
".
36
.
"
"
.
Ai
~~i~:·
AS
.
"
"
..
"
"
"
..
..
"
"
"
..
LU'''' (VU)=,
: ~i~::
UDII2540
V+5' Itt,
uDRno
..
"uru . . . _ . . - . ' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - '
FIOII "'5E 1, ZONE tZ
r--. . I
'"
".
lID
I
.u
I-""".--~~...of_' .~"'.p:j-.---'
L~~ __",~
E~ --1";:-j'
I-"'--Lt'li~*-'~--LJ"oA.~- - '
FULL SCALE PEAK
FULL SCALE PEAK
.5
PACIfiC RESEARCH & ENGINEERING CORPORATION
92-1011
1-15-1999....'6:34
B
SHEET
2
.F
2
I
I
I
nUl""
EY
to ,
ATE
• ..,.OVAL
51t019.
TIMER CONTROL
r----------t~~:==
~---------t~~:==
.10
n
'4a"
II
r:s
+16' AUUO
n
.,
.... IITO"
.,n_"UllO
+'"
+", .uuo
Mlno
~u'_.uno
~"._IIIDlo
t---
"
\S-
-
15
'2
-"
"
16-
-16
P2
-16
PI
H-
r,
-17
. . 'fiO
u-
pJ
-u
-
'2
li-
-11
'2
P!
t9-
-"
-20
1'2
r2
1"
20-
P!
21-
-
21
H
P!
22-
-22
.2
u
1"
33-
1'1341"
l5-
-
n
1'2
POl
-
-"
-36
'2
]7-
-37
P2
1"
-41
PI
-4., '2
49-
-00
"
pt
51-
-51
'2
1"
s-l-
-52
1'2
1"
5]-
-53
'2
Pi
54-
-
~2
"
PI
.
u-
p, " -
.~,
,,'
.ULKIC
LOt;IC
1"
, ..U
-"
-"
-"
1111"" ,
p~"z 011 l
42
p]
+U, PUIHOfI
43
pI
_U'.UDlO
U
Pl
+",
AUDlOfiNIt
"4.
""0
AUHO t;IID
,4
4T
·",. . .ltAltOl!
'5
42
'1" Alnllt
1'5
43
-
.UDIO
P2
P150-
H
55
-"
1"41_
.. !t'IL04%C
1"
21
-n
"2
-
1"36-
"
27
-,.
-J4
n
1'6
-" "
"
67-
"
-67
Pi!
PI
P!
u-
-61
1'2
PI
,,.-
-49
P2
.-'-'-,-
'-------
55
rl
56
1'3
57
PJ
LOIiIC6ND
sa
n
+5VLI:I6Jt
LOlIeGND
L06IC UP
60
pJ
.. n LO'lC
"
Pl
.'2VUII,
62
PJ
TlIlURUET
1'3
JADURU£R£NCELOW
..
....
-"
-
-
6r
-
-
7.f
n
""110 'liD
AUDa'*,
'4
72
pS
4UII0'"'
IoUfl'"''
1'4
'1'2
,w.IO'••
'"
13
"IIDlO_'' .
....
rUtR_Rff_L01l
7t
+41Y_"U,noit
.,n_Auno
1"
79_
1'1'11_
p, .,-
ft
12-
7.
p)
-16¥AII'lO
-79
P2
79
PI
rUERSURT UI'iIU
_10
P2
-aD
PI
-
nt--
-0
'2
14!--
-114
n
-
IS
n
-
u
'2
1"
10_
,,5
77
A"UO
"S
7'
PS
10-
-n
IZ
PI
nt-'6-
P4
AUUII
-" "n
"
p,
-t6,
-t6,
""OYAU
DATE
11/Z/98
II
n
LOGIC Ut
.9
'3
uerCGU
PAOFlC RESEARCH &
ENGINEERING CORPORATION
MOTHER BOARD 1, LEfT, DWAVE
sue:
CIIEITALl_CIt
D
U_Me OIL
"
I
mc_o/L
I...·'....·..·
3-10-1999 14:Z7
I
92-1007
..
2
37
I
B
~:
MOTHER BOARD INTERCONNECT
-~'-+~----------~
=~:-+~--------~
=~:-+~~---------4
oU'_'MAlnOlll
oU, Auno
PI
tI
~r
12
".'''''010
PI
12
H
f5
-'61 AUDIO
,.
n
''''0\11010
+'"
-UVAlltto
AUIIO
·1" "UIIO
p",
If
-U'''''010
' '_GO
" t6r-
-
DSP INTERCONNECT
=~:~:~~----------4
p, Ufo--
PI 161--
=~:~:~~----------~
=~:~:~~----------4
=~:~:~~----------~
""~IO_Ii'D
.11I1UO 5IU
""'to
U~
'11'10'.'
+~,
t,.OIiIC
+S,_u't~
LHEt ...
'7
25
"51 LOnt
'7
26
.. nLHIC
'7
27
LOliau.
,.,
24
LOGIC'"
1"
25
CR'UIII ••
PI
!I
51""l1li1"
PI
12
PI
15
+k_I..D&it
-12'1
~"IIP
CIt_VUI1I'
ITVARIINJ;
.,
2.9
p,
l5f----
"
U6Ii;.,O
,7
:nr---
OIL 0 .. S
P7
J6
""1I0 .....
'7
39
AUlIIIS".
'7
40
Alll-lOGII
'7
4'
,un
WI'ER 6
r---
31
r--
"I-
'.DutIlII'UIPlO1S-
-~'~.~~----------~
=~:~:~~----------~
=r.:~;~~----------4
+48VPIIAII'T.1t
_fhA'''IO
-
+".
AIIIIO
p8
'1"
IIUIIO
p'
n
U
i---
PIO
'_.
4i
"I"I"I-
....
,.
"r-
•-
AUDIO_GIlD
"l541--
=~:~~~---------4
-~'~'~~----------~
=~:~:~~----------4
-"
AVOID_GIll'
Aut>!O_.... O
+S'_LOIiJC
"SVLOGtc
_n,_LA'"
lUlU: HUT
run RUUltlfn 1,.1111
IUtla,,'
pi
,GII30N6,.
.uno ...
-
p'
61
67
=~~~'~~----------4
=~~~'~~----------4
-
"
70
"I"Ir-
AIIIIO' ...
P9
AUItO.N'I"
70
..
71
r---
"UtlI0_61i10
+UVPHAITDfI
_H,Y_AUO,O
+16'.111,1010
"16,lIuno
,.7
15
+16'.UIIO
1>7
76
-16. AUDIO
-n¥ AUno
-;,
JAK"STAItT £IU.IU
,.1
'/'9
1'7
110
'''tAUDIO
p'
76
-16'''"tlO
P9
77
-u·,
P9
71
Auno
f--
==~~~,~~
--~N~~
__
~auuw~~'
__________~
==~:~~----------~
==~:~~~---------4
.5ILOtilC
,7
'10
.S'LOIiIC
,7
.,
ell IUt OIL
'7
'5
IT IItCO/L
'7
N
4
~
"OlE
CUE/Hu.n
PI
94
tR!I!COfL
PI
!IS
I
PACIFIC RESEARCH & ENGINEERING CORPORATION
IDUWllt6
~B
NU"BER
92-1007
8
I
I
I
_1:>_
38
I
I
B
I
".
DESCI!PT!OM
ATE
APPtOVAL
4353
Connect Audio and Logic ground!!
11 1/99
J. no.browsk t
4361
Add ter.tnatlon cQaponents
3/10/99
L. Stenton
LINE INPUT
41pF
1-----++-:1;;=
~----------~4-~:~
,~
-
pI
IS
",
16
P'
17
P'
"
p,
",
1~
20
P'
21
,.,
l2
PI
3l
PI
H
PI
lS
1"
36
rr-r-r--
r--
r-f--
r-
r-r-f--
r--
"I-
-'5
P2
-16
P2
-17
r2
-'8
P2
-19
1'2
-20
-16
Pl
-16
PS
-
Pi
-:/:11'2
AlJ010_iND
-21
IIUD106ND
1'2
-331'2
-341'2
-lS
1'2
-351'4
-)5
po;.
-
-
H
-361'4
-H
PS
1'2
-H
-IT
1'5
-"
-"
36
-)7
P4
35
Polo
HDEItVIPERS
-
I--<
o
"'
PI
49
r--
PI
~O
i--
-491'2
-SO
-511'2
P'
52'--
-52
Pl
Hr---
-Sl
1'2
54
-541'2
1"
PI
r-
,.
,.
1'2
1"5':---
,.
,.
.
--
.. --
r--
PI
6<;'
PI
66r.--
PI
67
r--
AUUO_6ND
.
'5YL061t
"
,
,
L---.,
-661'2
-
67
1'2
fUfRRffHEltCELOV
PT
681--
-681'2
-661'3
-68
po;.
PI
69~
-611'2
-69
-69
PS
Pl
-"
-"
- ,
--- ,
--- ,
..
-
fADERSlAItlEIUBL(
PI
BOf---
-80
p,
ft'r--
-811'2
1'2
P'
152
r--
-lIZ
1'2
PI
83 ' - -
-63
1'2
PI
84r-
-84
P2
PI
B5~
-85
1'2
P'
86!--
-861'2
'AHIt SlUT EMABLE
~
-
80
I'l
7-
IUEI S,,.ItT
-80
'4
E"A.L~
f!-----
AUD1"_IND
HBW ~"U10~
fAUR SUItT fJtt.lU
~
-ao
r;---
1'5
~
-10
1'6
~
J. DOMBROWSKI
12121198
PACIFIC RESEARCH &
ENGINEERING CORPORATION
MOTHER BOARD 2, MIDDLE, DWAVE
F'-------
f'--_ ..
r;-----
D
f'---
rL-----'-
I"'' ' '"' ' '
________- L__ ____
DWave
I
I
92-1008
ISKEfT
3-10-1999_'4:32
_L
2
39
I
I
I
MOTHER BOARD INTERCONNECT
=~;-+~---------i
=r:-1~I----------j
NOTE
SHIELD NET TIES TO GNDA OR GNDD
-,
"r1'716-
-
L06!CGND
P?
16t--
1'9
17r-
PI'
181---
P?
"f0-
P?
lOt--
1'9
21
P9
22r--
1'9
23
r--
=~:':":~~------j
-~'':'''~~------j
=f-:-::++------I
=~:~:~~------j
-"
-
DSP INTERCONNECT
1-----++--1=
IN 1------+"-+---11--'--''--_ _ _I-+--l---.
b==-:-c:.,.--:c-I-+--l----
156F $-LllIl-l"
r&_LlMK_UI
L'_"_"_'_"_"'_'_"_'_'"_L--'--'-----SlDATA-III
DSP INTERCONNECT
1-----+"-+----1=
OUT i7.:7:-c::c:-:-:---++-1r.:-=-=---t-:--t:--l===: :::~:::~::~OUT
-~'~'~~------j
-'-
L'_"_".:..'.:.."_"'_'_"_'_"_'- L ' - l O - J - - $lDAT"_OUT
=f-:-:'~,+-~------j
P73~-
-'-
=r:'':'',+-~------j
~
'T6V AUDIO
"9
43
AU~IO
1'9
44
P?
"rr--
=~::~~r------+
"1-
-f-:-'~'+-~------j
"r"r-
-"
"I-
=r:':":-f-:-~------j
"U
-
,,-
1'9
,-
.-
40
50
5cr-
.. r-
fADER REfutlfce lON
1'9
6T
I--
=~:~:-r:-~------j
=~:~:~~------j
-"
-
-
"l>VAUDIU
-'oYADDIO
'710-
1'8
p,
7&
77
P881)-
P9
.D
I--
"r"I"I-
.. r"r"r-
=r.:~:-r:-~------l
-~',:,,'~~-------j
-r'':'''-f-:-~-------j
=r.:~:-r:-~--------l
-
..
ed0
+5V~lOOlC
'5-¥lOGlt
"ih
~A"~
n"[/TA~K
eR
Ol~
~T III( Oil
CR "It
H
9J
,~
94
H
9S
H
"
SIZE
D
PACIFIC RESEARCH & ENGINEERING CORPORATION
IDRAWING
~C
NUMBER
I
92-1008
SHEET
2
Of
2
~
I
B
<0'
4353
6iiD
~2f-_-Y\fV'-_ _ _ _-'
4~PF
ATE
!lESUIrUON
Connect Audio and Lo 1 c 91"ounds
4361
r
'I",.OYAL
1/21199 J. Dnbl"owski
3/10/99 L. Stanton
r~Lf------Y\fV'--------'
4~PF
~--------~~;~
f------f-+-~:~
,fAUUG_GIIO
AUtiO
GN~
""_PIIANTO"
'1"_AUUO
.,n AUUO
-UV_Auno
-UV_AUDIO
-
PI
"r--
P'
17
PI
18
PI
'9~
PI
f--
t--
ZOr--
f-f--
H
1>3
1'5
f!-L
H
P}
-17
P4
-11
p~
~
-11
n
P]
-Ie
,4
-'8
I'S
~
-"
-19
P3
-"
H
-
Pl
-2G
1'3
-20
-211'2
1-2'
1- 22
P3
-21'4
1>3
-22
P2
-
17
1>2
1-
-18
1'2
-"
P2
-20
-"
-
PI
~,
PI
22
PI
B
j--
I..-.....-
33
PI
H
t--
'----
34
pI
1-
-lll'2
-
H.
,,4
, - 16
P4
'4
i-H>
P6
..
1'6
t!-
_~,,~,~,~----------t~,
"-"
-" "
f'-
"-" ..
19
-22
1'5
PS
P,
! -
-
20
22
1'6
TlI.U£ltTUICATIOIt
f'f!-
1'6
1'2
P2
~Sr
-)S
P2
-35
P)
-H
,.
-JS
PI36-
-)6
Pi
-36
P]
-H
1'4
-161'5
.-36
1'6
Pt
-37
Pi
-371'3
-37
P4
-371'5
.-37
1'6
17-
-
·-351'6
AutlO_eJtD
AUDIO_GilD
AUtl~_II11D
AlUn_lffD
'4"
~~AIIIOli
.UV.AUDIO
41
-
.16' AUOIO
c
<
o
on
pI
~9-
-
49
1'2
-49,)
-49
'4
-491'5
pI
SO-
-50
P2
-50']
-50
P4
-501'5
P'S1-
-51
P2
-~,
1'3
-5'
P4
1>'
~2-
- " .,
-
SO!
1'3
-52
'4
-521'5
PI
B-
-531'2
-
n
'3
-53
P4
.-531'5
PI
S"-
-
-S4
P3
-54
,.
H
P2
-511'5
-54
P5
3
1'165-
I.--.--
60;
P2
,
'--,
---,
F$
-661'2
P'
66-
p,
p,
p,
"7-
-
67
P2
68-
-68
F'2
-
68
P3
·-611
P4
-68
1'5
69-
-69
P2
-
69
P3
-69
P4
-69
po;.
".""I_tus
II ""IIU&
-66
1'6
FAHRREFERENC[LOV
MltlO_"'"
AUII • • IIO
,
----1
--13
-
AUt'O_""D
PS
• . . . 'MAN'O ..
-,
--.
.".',AUOIO
•
•• .,.AUDIO
''''wAU~IO
·"."UOIO
.'UfI_UART_UI
H
ao-
P'
p,
_aD
P2
P3
-80
P'
-811'2
-81
P3
-I,
'4
82-
-821'2
-82
,,]
-82,4
-831'4
" "-
-80
83-
-83
P2
-831'3
1'184-
-14
P2
-34
1'3
-841>4
fl
8~­
-15
1'2
-35
P3
-851>4
PI
84-
-116
1'2
-S6
'3
-116
P4
F"-
-800
re-
F'-fL
F'-
reF!-
po;.
-00
-811'5
-
-&2
po;.
-"
-65
P5
-84
po;.
-85
po;.
-861'5
81
.UIlI_OUT
1'6
.nr::rrryii
.nn::1i
-u
-
84
-PO~UHRIIALOUT
"_~:~:~-r----------~~
,
J.
DOMBROWSKI
9/21/98
PACIFIC RESEARCH &
ENCINEERING CORPORATION
r;--~
MOTHER BOARD 3, RIGHT, DWAVE
D
DWave
I
I
92-1009
2
I
I
B
I
"'I :1
§ ;1
~INE/TELCO
,...
~:::' "::"
f'
- -'
- -'
MONITOR
(SPARE)
RLS/MIC PRE
MONITOR
DIGITAL OUTPUT
:::==~~~~j~~~~~~~~~'~r===.~....~~~'~-===~~'~~~~'-~~~
~J--"-"-'-"-"-",::":,,'
=- ' . . . """"'""" "
, ,. "". ."
__~~~'""~. .~~~~~
1 ,I,NP,UT
.::"c:"+-,-"+-=.J:
~
-'
5
-'OIl' AUDIO
~7
13
-'6V AUDIO
~7
H
"m
~,f------+-'+~:~
,,'CALU. 4UOIO ,,111
~8
16
r--
..... " ... '"" .n"
~,f------+-'+-':'1=
"
: - - - I I """'.'"
~,f------+'-+-:'1=
--' '::::. '::..':.'::. """
, -
"" ''". '"'
~
5 _
CU~
CUl COMUQl
tTL
,,,,-
16-
~1
11;--
,,~
"Aun fWlTtK
1'7
t8;--
,,~
"'111\ ,WlleM
~7
19~
,,~
UUnIrICIoTlOII
~7
20
,,~
r-
21 SHIH.
2
2
NOTE : AUDIO COMMON AND
LOGIC COMMON ARE TIED
TOGETHER ON EVERY MOTHER BOARD.
,,~
,,-
SHIH.
::~
LD.IC.IID
2~·II'D
,
" ---.J
"=f
"
"
...1.!
JI-
~,f------~~~,,~_
B-
Hr9
~~ / - -
'9
3~
1"
37~
I---
-"L"::"':':"':"
.:.:'":::".:.'.::"::.:".:.'~'t+.:""'1---- ...... ",,"
....1..61")6-
~
,,-
37-
::-1
41=:C.:'-:---~+-'''1=::!
42'.11".4111°"
:.~:::::
-
-
::~
"iTiL' lin InltllS IOU
4lI!--
"r--
'7
4,L----
4
P611l OUl l
~7
50:--
5
PG'UOU1L-
sof---
P7
SIr---
51
"0111 OUT R -
SIr-
5
5
5
,
f--~~".",-,,,c:,-.--~+CC::1fCAn" U'elo _
lOGIC
OND
~
lot't GilD
~ ~~uc
~
'5~
tOGH
S~
IOU C
6
•
&'
.,H tAfllp
'~
+SYlOGIC
r---,;:-:::=--.-t-:+,~t--*--
PIII'OUTR-
5
5
-
'"-'''''
~ ~:~."'''..
54 / - -
::~
"f---J
::~
.. f---J
..
"'
r':-:'-;;":-c";:'-,':::",;",.,'-,'".";;'-;'+::+-;'-tr------- _S~ATAI
r'-'-"-"-'",'cc"",",,'-'-"-'-'+::+-;'-tr------'1--""'''
f--:::.•::C"O:,';';,,;;;,,;;,--t-:,:;',tcO,-11-·P6"2/P6"~
DI S
Dl$ _SDATAZ
-$YSTEII RESI1
,_
.-::....~r------- ~
6Zr---
~~-----~~~"ir
-:
"
64r-
"r
,1=:
'
681--
DSP INTERCONNECT
IN
" ,
" ,
2S6FS LaK U
11.
'S LlIIK III
-16VAUUU
-1(,' ""IIPlD
,,P7
51_
'"
P7
82-
CALLERAUDlOIN
PO~
ur
o~f
·PORfXHftN~L
~
~6"Z
OUT L'
1'8
~~
77
1'8
7!
P8
80,--
p8
81
"
BO
III
_.
I'
5
11
6
2S6fS tHtK lH
'S liNK U
SL~ATA_;II
f--
p783·POR fJHRNAL O~l
P7
U
--.!:
SfIlD/ULlU'
P7
85
-;
tALL AUUII'
H
86
~
AUnO_INO
AlIOIOUD
~
stolE
PACIFIC RESEARCH & ENGINEERING CORPORATION
~C
II>RAWIN-G N-UPIBER
I
92-1009
SHEET
A
I
B
I
j
2
OF
2
I.
42
."
)REVISIONS
-
,
•
".
APPROVAL
2-19-117 T. Stlro'
initial ,cheut1e
-
-
m
DESCRIPTION
none
-
-
I
1
I
I
I
I---
I
"'olex .250 x .032
Molex
Mol'lt
insulated fea.le
Quick. Dh,c;onnect ..
In.ulated Eyelugs 18awg
Mol'x
3191 SERIES .0116 RECEPAClE,12PIN
.0113 HIGH CURRENT
AWDTRAN 48-124
49V38
GRY
•
0.12110 rflS typ~
41lv rls unloaded
~
",0
~O;\~:s u~rgided
VIC/WHT
QDIl_
BLUE
"
1-
Internal fuse nat provided in Power Entry Module
22V512
Corea. P series
-~
--j
,I
,I
-~- ---j
,I
-~ ---j
5
•
PSOSXSS30
~5~A r~:s u~rgaded
Twtsted
I
OV'!i3 BLUE/WHT
15.8116
•
GROL!ND
'"
OV6U WHT/GRN
~
I~
,-
-~
WHT/BlK.
_ ~,
.~
-~~
-~ --j
-
_~WHT~
WHT
_
-,
.
-~
-~
.
I
45v unreg
AirWave Power Supply
Regulator Board
I
~T~
1,
P1
2
See Schematic 92-955-3
0"
+18v UNREG PLUS
I
P1
+18 V RETURN
I
P1
-18V UNREG PLUS
1A typo resistive load
I
1A typo resistive load
~
~-
-~L~·~~p~'~I
----,
__-'~8~V~'~ET~"~'N~~~
f---
I
15.8"~
NEUTRAL
1-
~T~
m
•
P1
--j
-~~
m
Twisted
OVfll
,I I
~
OV39 GRY/wht-
•
---j
0.1A typo resistive load
foL Lowing fw bri dge & '000 uF filter
Twisted
22V410 VIO
Assy # 95-955-3
MALE CRIMP TERMINAL
I
.c::
l'
"T~
---
l'
I P1 I
+12V UNREG
8
I P1
+12 V RETURN
7. SA typ_ resi st ive Load
-~
ORG/RED
~T~
7
7.SA typ_
--j
---j
--j
I
,I
10
'5 V RETURN
I
P1
'5 V UNREG
esistive Load
w"'
--j
--j
P1
"
UNUSED
UNUSED
3
I
I
I
I
I
Note: ESS ter.inat1on not provided in split-bobbin transforlers
-
~-
-
-
-
I---
•
#10 stud Chassh Teraination
AirWave Power Supply
Chassis Wiring
APPII:O\/
.c,
DATE
W
PACIFIC RESEARCH & ENGINEERING CORPORATION
SCHE!'IAHC
AIRWAVE UNIVERSAL PWR SUPPLY, CHASSIS
SIZE
D
US!!O 0 ..
------------------------------------------,----------------------------------_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _--L_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
~_._._.
_______ .____ ._
AirWave
I
"'WING NUMBER
last Saved:
92-1015
9~18-1998_10:16
D
ISHEET
1
.f
1
~
4
43
IEVUIONS
tEll
TlP122
A
3.83
I JI I
--1 ' I l' I
CO ,
DEStitIPTIOIt
none
I'ID-181
Initial desi n
1'119 I)ev IIdJ. up 5v to 50.3511
9-2-98
12/4/98
T. 51 ros
T. Staros
.,
3191 SERIES .096 RECEP",CLE,12PIN
45v unreg
II.
r-
I
34<
r-
I JI I '
17.7v
t13 4.7K-1/211
3191 SERIES _096 RECEPACLE,'2PIN
237
22/63V
47V 111
---------=~,~
+18V \JNREG PLUS
I
J1
I
3
16.24 V typical
!---
t.K-1W
1.21K
~~
+
"
L
+18 V RETURN
I JI I
4
-
c'~N24004
'00
-T
~
+
~
- -
"-1L~'~I_J_'~I
--1
,
__~Ph_._nt_o_._,_o._._on-"1
"I
... ",udio
~
~
r-
... A\.Idi 0 eoaaon
I
38.3
-'8V UNRE' PLUS
I J1 I
5
--1 ; I J' I
!---
-
-18V RETURN
--1 • I J' I
l"I'r-
- Audio
I'IIC29502BT
""2V UNREG
t
In17r-
I"
~'
""
J
'"
... 1
29502
12.24 V typieal
- --1
7
I J2 I
-----i
12
J2
-t
9
J2
""2v Log-fe/lallp
I
12.23v
887
"
~
~:::~~
+12 V RETURN
"'5 V RETURN
~v UNREG
8
JI
JI
9
I.
r-
.
100
-~
rr-
'r~
vo-ut '" ((rllr2 )"")
5.35 V typieal
*
Log; e Coaaon
'.24
~
"'5ovlogie
5.16v
3.321t
+
RESERVED Jl-H
RESERVED J1-12
I \I f-IYJ--
§
+ ~
'1 ~_
'--------->----_______________-4------"
E_perleilly, aelsured 59. Cease .. loll. wi 23. C aabhnt, blocked bot to. vent.latton
wi 2.6v a.r91n at 6.5A, & 2. ClW, that ill II 34"' C rh_
59 + 34. C= 93. C. A aargin of 27* C below .ax Junetion tt.p.
This would iaply th.-t .abient teap eould be .s htgh •• 50* t
"'ax operating teap h $till lillited to 40. C
~---------------~-.-.-----.----------.
"'''PROVAlS
DATE
Cr\~
---------+--------1 \J:P}
---1
I J2
---[II> I J'
\I
SCHEMATIC
Af,H>lO Co-I'I"'ON
RESERVED J2-12
PACIFIC RESEARCH & ENGINEERING CORPORATION
AIRWAVE UNIVERSAL PWR
------+-----1
__________+--____---jSIZ~
I
'",WING N.OS . .
REG. BOARD
92-955-3
.F
Last
Saved~
12-4-1998_'1:38
44
RE
Each button cap can have up to two lines of
engraving with up to four alphanumeriC charac-
has a full line of logic cables designed
ters and a 1fz character punctuation divider (space.
period. hyphen. slash. backslash. etc.) on each line.
for use with the AirWave Digital console and the
Engraving is normally done on the yellow button cap to identify the A input source on the top
QuikBilt II modular cabinetry. QuikBilt II cabinetry
line and the B input source on the bottom line.
Custom engraving is specified when a blank but-
is economical, rapid-assembly. studio furniture de-
ton cap is ordered. For a yellow button cap. order
PR&E # 25-872. For a red button cap. order
signed for use with the AirWave console family.
PR&E # 25-871. For a white button cap. as used
for the Talkback button. order PR&E # 25-870.
QuikBilt II cabinetry can be configured to create
FADER KNOBS
individualized studio furniture packages in either
Input modules come standard with white fader
knobs. The optional Telco modules come with
stand-up or sit-down styles.
black knobs.Various colored fader knobs are also
available. The table identifies the PR&E part num-
PR&E'sPrimeLine furniture line can also be used
with an AirWave Digital console. PrimeLine offers
bers by knob color and typical source.
pre-assembled cabinet components. in stand-up
PR&E#
Color
Source
or sit-down heights. with pre-cut console and wir-
32-710-1
ing access holes. PrimeLine cabinets can also be
32-712-1
factory pre-wired since the cabinets are shipped
32-714-1
blanket -wrapped via van line.
32-715-1
Telco
Microphone
Cart decks
CD players / turntable
Cassettes / reel-to-reels
Remotes
Other Studios
Multitrack channels
Input modules. and the optional Telco modules.
32-720-1
black
red
yellow
green
blue
white
gray
come standard with their red and yellow button
32-721-1
orange
32-716-1
BUTTON ENGRAVING
32-719-1
caps engraved ON and OFF. Custom engraving
on the button caps can be ordered at the time of
purchase. or engraved replacement button caps
can be ordered at the time of installation once the
input sources have been determined.
1
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
>
Ai~YaL-=---
ii>iGiL'Ar=7 Accessories
CONSOLE REMOTE CONTROL
the top of the panel. in the area covered by the
PANELS
meter panel. for the switch and lamp wiring to
Any open console position (except for the Moni-
exit the mainframe. The use of a panel-mount con-
tor. Timer and Output module positions) can be
nector is recommended.
used to hold a remote control panel.
Custom remote panels can also be fabricated by
PR&E. contact a sales representative for more
Tape Remote Panels
information.
There are two tape remote panels available for
Blank Panel Dimensions
PR&E # 80-1551
the AirWave consoles: 99-991-1 and 99-992-l.
Each uses a single module space in the console.
The 99-991-1 is a
single tape machine
..
5* inches
covered by
meter pane
..
I
remote with five control buttons (Play.
Stop. Record. Forward
and Reverse). A 24-
18 inches
pin Molex connector
is located at the top of
the panel for easy interfacing to a tape
machine using standard PR&E logic
1*"
cables. The mating
•
Molex connector and
GUEST PANELS
pins are included with
the panel.
There are two Guest Mic Control Panels avail-
The 99-992-1 con-
able for the AirWave consoles. PR&E # 99-949-1
tains two separate
is the cabinet-mount version and 99-949-2 is the
five-button controllers
in one panel. Two
turret panel-mount version. Each panel has four
.,
.,
engraved buttons (Talkback. Cough. On. Oft) with
Molex connectors are
99-991-1
99-992-1
integral lamps. The Guest Panel schematic and
located at the top of
Tape Remote,
single machine
Tape Remote,
two machines
the cable draWing for the 99-716-CU cable are on
the panel.
pages 3 and 4. respectively.
Custom Remote Control Panels
LOGIC CONTROL CABLES
Blank module panels (PR&E # 80-1551) can
To assist in logic cable design and construction.
be used to create custom control panels. The maxi-
logic wiring diagrams for many popular periph-
mum width switch/button cap the panels can ac-
eral devices are available from the PR&E Techni-
commodate is I" [25.40 mm] wide.
cal Support Department.
Because there are no bottom openings on the
Contact a sales representative for information
AirWave chassis. an opening must be punched at
about PR&E pre-made peripheral logic cables.
2
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
7 Accessories
J4: Housing, wafer, 10-pin female locking Molex # 22-01-2107 (PR&E # 15-524
Terminals, gold, female crimp Molex # 08-58-0110 (PR&E # 15-8)
S1 - S4: Switch, 17mm JAE # 11LC17-0 (PR&E # 25-873)
Lamp, JAE # 11LB17-0 (PR&E # 12-101)
o
JJ
o
FRONT VIEW
RHSVIEW
o
1
. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -I
J2 10 _I Jumper 1 - 2 for INTEGRITY. Provides static haH-iliumination
I 321
01
IJ2 13 2 1
L-
for TALKBACK lamp.
Jumper 2 - 3 for AIRWAVE. Providies full-illumination for
TALKBACK
lamp_
when
pin_
3 is_
grounded.
___
___
_
______
_
r---------------10 _I
J3
I
IJ3
3 2 1
1- 01
Jumper 1 - 2 for INTEGRITY. Provides static haH-iliumination
for COUGH lamp.
Jumper 2 - 3 for AIRWAVE. Provides lull-illumination for
I
I
99-949-2
GUEST PANEL
TURRET MOUNT
SHOWN
I
I
L- _
__
_
_pin
_
_
_______ _
3 2_
1 _
COUGH
lamp
when
5 is
grounded.
r----------------10 _I
I
Jl
I
Jl
I
Jumper 1 - 2 for INTEGRITY.
32 1
1_ 01
Jumper 2 - 3 for AIRWAVE. Provides "Logic Activa Tally"
3 2_
1 _
to enable
illumination
of TALKBACK
and _
COUGH
lamps.
L..- _
__
___
___
__
__
_
I
I
•
o
o
REAR VIEW
GUEST PANEL, CABINETrrURRET MOUNT
INTEGRITY, AIRWAVE
THIS DOCUMENT APPLIES TO
99-949-1 AND 99-949-2
PACIFIC RESEARCH
17-0EC-98
& ENGINEERING CORPORATION
1 OF 1
1-JUN-97
3
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
71-949
c
>
>
Ai=n~=-=---'"
Pi<=iLA~
7 Accessories
J1: Housing, 24-pin AMP Mod IV # 2-87631-0 (PR&E # 14-513)
Terminals, female AMP Mod IV # 102128-1 (PR&E # 15-938-1)
J2: Housing, wafer, 10-pin female locking Molex # 22-01-2107 (PR&E # 15-524)
Terminals, crimp, gold female Molex # 08-56-0110 (PR&E # 15-8)
Cable: 9-conductor Belden # 9423 or equivalent
Wire: 26 AWG white hookup, UL 1429 or equivalent
INPUT MODULE
LOGIC FUNCTION
J1
Pin
+5VDC
10
Talkback (-)
20
On Tally
17
Off Tally
16
Logic Active
15
Logic Ground
1
On (-)
7
Off (-)
8
Cough (-)
9
+5VDC Logic
6
Ext. Cntrlln (+)
18
Logic Ground
2
Tally Common
14
=.-
J2
Pin
BLK
WHT
RED
GRN
BRN
BLU
ORN
YEL
VIO
GUEST PANEL
FUNCTION
1
Tally+VDC
2
Talkback Switch
7
On Lamp
9
Off Lamp
5
Talkback/Cough Lamp
10
Switch Common
6
On Switch
8
Off Switch
4
Cough Switch
WHT
I
WHT
I
TITLE
THIS DOCUMENT APPLIES TO
99-716-CU
CABLE, LOGIC, MIC INPUT MODULE TO
GUEST PANEL (99-949-x), AIRWAVE
PACIFIC RESEARCH
DRAWSJQ /
& ENGINEERING CORPORATION
SHEET
RLM
1 OF 1
DATE
14-AUG-97
APVO
4
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
DWG.NO.
71-716
IRH
C
7
J1, J2:
o
S1 - S10:
LAMPS:
LENSCAPS:
CABLE:
Accessories
HOUSING, 24-PIN FEMALE, MOLEX #03-06-1241 (PR&E # 15-705)
TERMINALS, FEMALE, MOLEX #02-06-1103 (PR&E 15-2)
SWITCH, 1 N.O./1 N.C. MOMENTARY, EAO 31 (PR&E # 25-119)
FOR
FOR
FOR
FOR
S1,
S2,
S3,
84,
S5,
-0: NO LAMPS
-1: 5 VOLT #7348 (PR&E # 12-64)
-2: 14 VOLT #386 (PR&E # 12-51)
-3: 18 VOLT #388 (PR&E # 12-52)
S6 - RED, "RECORD" (PR&E # 25-120)
S7 - WHITE, "FWD" (PR&E # 25-125)
S8 - WHITE, "RWD" (PR&E # 25-125)
S9 - GREEN, "PLAY" (PR&E # 25-123)
S10 - YELLOW, "STOP" (PR&E # 25-122)
12 COND., BELDEN #8457 OR EQUIV.
,g
.J1
II RECORD
I
BLK
RECORD
Sl
q
2
a
BLK
WHT
RECORD
RED
S6
q
2
1
WHT
RED
b
GRN
GRN
G
G
EJ
B
a
FWD
BRN
b
BLU
BLU
a
a
RWD
RWD
ORG
VEL
PLAY
VIO
GRY
AECORD
FWD
BRN
PLAY
II
4
S9
PNK
TAN
G
G
G
2
8
a
VIO
10
STOP
11
7
VEL
GAY
I
STOP
q
ORO
S10
q
2
j1
[ill
10
PNK
11
TAN
[ill
B
0
THIS DOCUMENT APPLIES TO
99-992-0 THRU 99-992-3
AIRWAVE, DUAL TAPE REMOTE & WIRING
PACIFIC RESEARCH
12-AUG-97
& ENGINEERING CORPORATION
1 OF 1
5
HARR1S
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
71-992
A
Note: Page numbers listed as Chapter-Page.
A
Crimp Tool ................................................. 2-6
Cue ............................................. 3-2,3-7,4-6
Cue Speaker............................................. 5-7
A Input ...................................................... 3-2
AC Connection.......................................... 2-3
AES/EBU Connection ................................ 2-7
AirWave Digital Console
Block Diagram ..................................... 6-2
General Information ..................... 1-1,2-1
Power Supply ........ 1-2, 2-3, 4-9, 5-7, 6-42
Specifications ...................................... 1-3
Warranty ............................................. 1-5
Analog RLS .................... .......................... 4-7
Analog SIM ...................................... 4-2, 6-29
AMP MOD IV Connector ........................... 2-5
Audio
Cable Type .......................................... 2-5
Connector pinout ........ ......... ........ ........ 2-6
Reset ................................................ 2-13
Wiring, General ................................... 2-5
Auto, Timer ............................................... 3-8
Auto-Feed ................................................. 4-4
Auxiliary outputs .. ........................ ........... 2-20
o
Digital RLS ............................. ..... .............. 4-7
Digital SIM ....................................... 4-2, 6-30
Direct Outputs .......................................... 2-21
DSP .......................................................... 4-4
E
Engraved Button Caps .............................. 7-1
Event Timer ........................................ 3-8, 4-5
F
Fader
Knob colors......................................... 7-1
Replacement Part # ........... ................. 5-2
Service................................................ 5-5
Fuse Replacement. .................................... 5-7
B
G _________________________
B Input ....................................................... 3-2
B Logic Interface .............................. 2-9, 6-31
Bargraph Meters ....................... 2-20, 3-9, 4-8
Battery Backup .......................................... 2-4
Button Cap Engraving ............................... 7-1
Gain Trim ............................. 3-1, 3-2, 3-3, 3-7
Grounding ................................................. 2-3
H
Hold, Timer ............................ ................... 3-8
Hybrid, Connection ........................... 2-19,3-3
c
Cabling ................................................... 2-5
Clock
Option Switches .............. .................... 2-4
Setting the Time .. .......................... ...... 2-4
Clock/Timer Assembly .............. 4-8, 5-6, 6-32
Control Room .............. .................. .... 3-7, 4-6
Control Room Logic ................................. 2-21
Countertop Cutouts ................. ................. 2-1
Input Module ........ 1-1, 2-18, 3-2, 4-2, 5-5, 6-6
Input Module Logic ................................. 2-11
K
Keep Alive ........................................... 2-4, 5-7
vi
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
>
4;=I~'=-=---
D;C;iiL4~
Index
Note: Page numbers listed as Chapter-Page.
Remote Line Selector (see RLS)
Repair Services ........................................ 5-1
Replacement Parts .. ......... ....... ...... ..... ... ... 5-2
Reset, Timer.. ................... ...... ......... 2-22, 4-5
RLS .......................... 1-2,2-22,3-5,4-7,6-20
L
Level Meters ...................................... 3-9, 4-8
Logic
Cable Type .......................................... 2-5
Connector Pinout .............................. 2-13
Interface .. ... ......... .................. ...... ........ 2-9
Guides .................................. 2-13t02-16
s ________________________
S/PDIF Inputs ........................................... 2-8
Servicing .......................................... Chapter 5
Shield, Cable " ... ............. ........... ... ... .... ..... 2-5
Spare Parts Lists ...... ......... ........... ... .... ..... 5-2
Spare Parts Ordering ................................ 5-1
Specifications ................ ,...... ....... ..... ........ 1-3
Start, Timer ...... ... ...... ... ....... ....... .... .... ....... 3-8
Start Pulse ..... .... ........ .... ............ ..... ........ 2-13
Stop, Timer ............................................... 3-8
Stop Pulse ........ ................... ......... ...... .... 2-13
Studio Mic Connection & Logic ................ 2-14
Studio Warning Lamp..... .... ............ ... ... ... 2-12
Switchboard Assemblies ................. 6-27, 6-28
SIM Cards ................................................. 4-2
M ______________________
Mainframe ................................... 1-1,2-1,4-1
Configuration .. ... ...... ...... .... ...... ...... ...... 2-2
Grounding ........................................... 2-3
Installation .. ....... ....... ............. .... 2-1 to 2-4
Module placement .............................. 2-2
Meter Panel ................................ 2-2, 3-9, 5-8
Mic Preamp Module ...... 1-1,3-1,4-1,5-5,6-3
Microphone, Connection ......................... 2-17
Microphone, Logic ......................... 2-10,2-14
Module Servicing ............ ... .... ... ...... .......... 5-3
Monitor Module .. 1-2, 2-21, 3-7, 4-6, 5-6, 6-16
Motherboard .............................. 1-1, 4-4, 6-36
o
T
------------------------
Ta"y Outputs ............................................ 2-11
Telco Module ................ 1-2, 2-19, 3-3,4-3,6-8
Telco Operation ......................................... 3-4
Time of Day, Setting ........................ '" ........ 2-4
Timer. ... .... .... ..................... 1-2, 2-4, 3-7, 6-32
TimerControl.. ..... 1-2,2-23,3-8,4-7,5-7,6-33
Off-Line Bus ....................................... 3-3, 4-4
Ordering Information .................................. 5-1
Output Module ... 1-2,2-20,3-6,4-5,5-6,6-10
p
------------------------
u ________________________
Parts Lists ...... ............. ......... ....... ... ........... 5-2
Peripheral Device Logic .......................... 2-11
Power Supply ........................ 1-2, 2-3, 4-9, 5-7
Grounding ................ ,................... 2-3, 2-5
Schematics .. ... .......... ............ ... 6-42, 6-43
Program Bus ............. .......... ..... ......... ........ 4-5
R
Unbalanced Connections ......... .... .... ...... ... 2-8
Universal Power Supply. ................. ... 4-9, 5-7
w
-----------------------------
Warning Lamp ........................................ 2-12
Warranty ... ..... .... ...... ... .... ...... ......... ........... 1-5
Wiring
Audio ................................................... 2-5
Logic ................................................... 2-9
Peripherals ..... ... ... .... ............. 2-13 to 2-16
Preparation ...................... '" ................. 2-5
------------------------
Ready Logic ............................................. 2-11
Receptacle Contacts ... ..... ......... ................ 2-5
Recorder (To Tape) Connection ............... 2-19
Reference Levels .... ... ........ ... .... ... ...... ....... 1-3
Remote Functions ................................... 2-10
Remote Control Panels ...... ............. .......... 7-2
vii
HARRIS
CORPORATION
Revision B • 7/00
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement